by Owen Waters

The concept of God as a Father-Mother principle, not just a Father God, is hardly new. For example, the Hindu religion has focused largely on the Mother aspect of God for over 3,000 years! It was to Mother God that Yogananda found his greatest inspiration throughout his early life.

The Christian Science movement, founded in 1879, is one which holds the Father-Mother God principle as central to its teachings. They regard the masculine-oriented qualities of God, such as strength, constancy and protection to be related to the Father aspect of God, while the feminine-oriented qualities, such as gentleness, compassion and nurturing to be related to the Mother aspect of God. They do not see God as two ‘people’ – a male entity and a female entity – but rather as an integrated, all-pervasive presence possessing both aspects of consciousness in equal balance.

If we look at the nature of the original consciousness which is behind all things, we can better understand the concept of an integrated Father-Mother God. God is not a person. God is an everywhere-present, all-knowing intelligence which created and maintains the universe. Behind even this creative presence, is the ultimate, original, unchanging state of consciousness, that of Infinite Being.

Infinite Being is a state of perfect beingness which contains all potential. As such, it fundamentally does not “do,” it just is. It is perfection, and therefore unchanging. However, at some point, Infinite Being decided to ‘become,’ rather than just ‘be.’ It decided to manifest its potential, and then to act out every part of that potential.

That greatest mystery of all time – why Infinite Being decided to “become” rather than just “be” – has now been answered by a spiritual master who went beyond where anyone has gone before and succeeded in retrieving the answer! The story of his return, and the stunning answer to the mystery, is told in the e-book, Discover Your Purpose in Life (see below*).

Once Infinite Being had made the decision to create the universe, it achieved the Creation through its only available tool – that of consciousness. Infinite Being divided its consciousness into two complementary aspects. In one direction, it focused intent. In another direction, it focused feeling. Then, it applied motion so that the two facets of itself – intent and feeling – could interact with each other as intertwined waves of consciousness in motion, manifesting as the energy to sustain all forms of life. In this way, Infinite Being extended itself from just being, into a state of action and creation.

The dividing of the ‘waters’ of original consciousness into two, complementary aspects created the aspect of intent and the aspect of feeling. These two principles of consciousness interact together in perfect, equal balance. Were they not perfectly balanced, the universe would cease to exist!

People traditionally find comfort in thinking of God as a parent-like presence. The two aspects of original consciousness on a grand cosmic scale do not translate well into human gender terms. However, you could choose to think of the expansive intent aspect as the part which seems more father-like. You could also choose to think of the feeling aspect as the Preserver of all of creation and the one which seems more mother-like. However, these are just images to help us identify, from a human perspective, with the vastness of the consciousness of God.

God maintains the universe through a perfect balance of the complementary aspects of its consciousness. In the light of this, if people choose to think of God in parental terms, then the word God today has to mean ‘Father-Mother God’ and not just ‘God the Father.’

Remember that without God the Father’s other half, the universe would cease to exist!

God the Mother Appeared First!

It may come as a great disappointment to fans of patriarchy, but when Infinite Being decided to create the universe, the Mother aspect of the Creative Trinity had to appear first.

The Mother aspect supplied the subtle magnetic energy which is the fabric of space. Then, the Father aspect used intention to fill that space with what we think of as the Big Bang of Creation – the appearance of the framework of all matter from what appeared to be a center point of nothingness. Such is the magic of Creation. Then, the Mother and Father aspects joined together to bring the principle of motion into existence so that the universe could be filled with usable energy.

Think about it. If the Big Bang appeared first, before there was space and its magnetic ability to contain the explosion of initial Creation, there would have been one giant “Pop!”, then nothing. No containment, no framework, no energy, no matter, no suns, planets, plants, people, and no host of angels and nature spirits to maintain this wonderful universe.

So, if God the Mother is so important, where is She in the Christian belief system? That can be explained with a little history.

When Caesars Claimed to be Sons of God

When Christianity in its present-day form was being established, its founders had to compete with a long succession of Caesars, each one of which claimed to be a son of God.

The Christian claim that Jesus was the one and only son of God was a response to that state of affairs. It did not originally exclude far-away religions or the teachings of other messengers of God like Buddha or Krishna. It was just dealing with a local problem.

The importance of placing Jesus as the son of God made the church founders invent their own Trinity. Instead of the usual Trinities of other cultures, all of which included the aspects of father, mother, and bringers of light, they decided to place Jesus right next to God.

Then, they had to wonder what to do with the Mother aspect of God that is usually placed right next to the Father. Well, she got bumped over into third place and was renamed as the Holy Spirit. In keeping with their patriarchal focus, they then proceeded to hardly mention her anywhere in the New Testament and they rarely emphasized her supportive and healing role in answering the prayers of the faithful.

The Shift to Expanded Consciousness

Today, the concept of Father-Mother God has become a very timely one. As we progress through The Shift to heart-centered consciousness, the concept of patriarchy is steadily fading away into history. Father God, as a male persona, is part of the Old Reality thinking. The expanded concept of Father-Mother God is inbuilt into the emerging new awareness.

We are entering a New Reality where all people are honored equally, regardless of race, creed, color, personal preferences and, especially, gender. Heart-centered consciousness means unconditional love and acceptance of all people in their infinite diversity. We exist on this earth as the eyes and ears of Infinite Being as it seeks to experience itself through the infinite variety of every possible viewpoint.

Diversity is integral to our purpose in existence.

Your purpose in life includes the development of your own potential so that you can become the most unique ‘you’ possible. Today’s emerging heart-centered consciousness means that people will support, rather than compete against, the efforts of other people.

As New Reality consciousness expands, human potential will flower in creative ways never before imagined possible. You can think of God as a balance of Father-Mother God consciousness or simply go beyond that to think of Infinite Being as the ultimate state of unchanging perfection. Either way, remember that the conscious awareness of the presence of God is a mere thought away.

It is your concept of the God presence within which will feed the flame of your creativity and help bring your unique potential into full and joyful manifestation.

*The greatest mystery of all time in spiritual philosophy has been, WHY life began. Why, when God had been perfection in the first place, did God create the universe so that living beings could work their way back to a perfection which already existed?

The story of how a spiritual master who passed on in the late 1990s and then went ‘beyond the beyond’ – beyond where anyone on Earth had gone before – in order to bring back that very answer is told in the e-book*, Discover Your Purpose in Life by Owen Waters:

https://www.infinitebeing.com/ebooks/discover.htm

Tell a friend..

by Owen Waters

Can something as profound as metaphysics reach a point where it will cease to exist?

To answer that, you have to understand the definition of the word metaphysics. It means ‘beyond physics,’ i.e. ‘beyond the study of the phenomena of nature.’

Saying that metaphysics is beyond the study of nature suggests something supernatural. However, as nothing can exist outside of the Creation, then nothing is beyond being natural. Supernatural, therefore, is a word that contradicts itself.

‘Supernatural’ is an oxymoron, just like ‘an exact estimate,’ ‘clean dirt,’ ‘fresh frozen,’ and ‘a definite maybe.’ How can anything in Creation be beyond the natural? More likely, it is something beyond the understanding of physicists because it is too subtle to be included in today’s physics.

Let’s drop the use of the word supernatural. ‘Supernatural’ implies that some things are permanently beyond our understanding and, in the New Reality, that attitude just doesn’t make it any more. If something exists, it can be understood. The first step is to admit that it does exist.

For example, there is overwhelming evidence to support the idea that the human aura exists. The human aura is an envelope of etheric energy surrounding the physical body. While only clairvoyants can currently see the human aura, what will happen when a device is invented which allows the etheric energy of the aura to be directly converted for display on a physical monitor screen? One thing that will happen, is a boost in our ability to diagnose health conditions before they can physically manifest and cause real damage.

Note: We do have aura cameras today that interpret electrical signals from acupressure points in the hands and make an estimate of what the aura might look like, but these do not read the etheric energy of the aura directly. Also, we have Kirlian cameras, but they display an electrical reaction to etheric energy, not the etheric energy itself. What we need is technology that can convert etheric energy directly and display that on video. Another application of such technology will be clear contact with the spirits of departed loved ones.

The study of etheric energy is in its infancy today. Etheric energy is life energy, an energy more subtle than electromagnetic energy. While electromagnetic energy deals directly with the physical world, etheric energy is pre-physical. Clairvoyants can see it, and people in the spirit world can see it, as etheric light. Most physical humans do not see it at the present time, although we do have the potential ability to do so by developing our in-built, subtle senses and, as we progress through The Shift, people will find this ability unfolding naturally.

Remember that electrical energy, in the early 1800s, was still a mere curiosity of scientific pioneers. Electricity, it was said, could be felt from an electric eel, it could be seen in the sky as lightning, and observed in biology as the force which moves muscles. To the average person at the time, such thoughts were considered to be some kind of joke.

When the Leyden jar, a device for storing a small charge of static electricity, was invented, the door was opened to more research into electricity. Then, with Volta’s invention of the chemical battery and its ability to produce a controlled current, laboratory experiments became much easier to perform.

It wasn’t long before there were instruments to measure voltage, current and resistance. Then, Faraday’s inventions of the electric motor and the electric generator opened the way for electricity becoming the new motive power in the Industrial Revolution, largely replacing steam as a working fluid.

Today’s challenges to physics, and metaphysics, are etheric energy and consciousness. The first step in advancing consciousness research is to abandon the currently popular, yet naive, idea that the mind is a result of electrical signals in the brain when the opposite is true. The nonphysical mind initiates physical brain signals.

Etheric energy research will yield machines which diagnose and heal automatically. It will also produce, among countless other benefits, the means to affect and control the weather. Rain dances may look like superstition but they are actually conscious attempts to alter the balance of etheric energy in the vicinity and that automatically affects the weather conditions. Etheric energy devices can also achieve that same effect.

Rain-making, etheric energy devices have already succeeded in some pioneering experiments by Trevor Constable. When he served on merchant marine ships, he would secure his experimental, etheric energy projector tubes to the deck of the ship. The passage of the ship through water continuously recharged the ship with etheric energy. His projector tubes directed some of that energy towards the sky ahead of the ship. Within 15 minutes rain would appear – on a fine day, around the ship, and nowhere else!

The study of consciousness will also expand physics, which is just beginning to recognize the role of consciousness in subatomic behavior. Subatomic particles are displaying signs of consciousness, and this is happening under controlled laboratory conditions. This is leading to the realization that the universe, and everything in it, must be conscious.

In other words, the universe must really be one big, fully aware, inter-connected, Infinite Being.

The boundaries between physics and metaphysics will blur as the study of consciousness becomes their common ground. Physics will find that it has to expand and become something more all-encompassing than it has been to date. The big turning point will occur when physics grows to include a philosophy of Creational consciousness. When it adopts the habit of asking the question, “How did the Creator’s consciousness achieve that?”, then it will be on the fast track to its greatest discoveries ever.

Physics, the study of nature, will grow to include everything in nature. When that day comes, there will be no metaphysics because metaphysics will have become a part of the new, expanded physics.

The unknown will have become the known, and our appreciation of the works of the Creator will have grown along with this expanded knowledge.

Owen Waters is the author of Spiritual Metaphysics, which brings answers – finally – to the timeless, classic mysteries:
Who are we?
Why are we here?
What is the meaning of life?
How did the Creator create this reality?

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Other than a few remembered dreams, our nighttime slumbers seem to be one big twilight zone of consciousness where nothing much happens at all.

Nothing could be further from the truth!

A curtain of forgetfulness is drawn across our consciousness each time we awake from sleep. What really happens at night is actually more vivid, more alive, and more real than anything that happens during the day in the physical world.

At night, we travel in a more subtle world than the physical one. Human consciousness has many ‘bodies,’ or shells of consciousness, each of which functions at a different level of awareness. The more dense bodies used by each human being are the physical body, its etheric energy counterpart, and the astral or spirit body. The less dense ones begin with the soul ‘body,’ which is a nonphysical field of consciousness that exists beyond the limitations of time and space, and then go on up the frequency scale of consciousness from there.

To understand where these bodies fit into the grand scale of universal consciousness, realize that there are nine density layers of consciousness. Some people refer to the different density layers as ‘dimensions.’ As physical beings today, we exist in third density and are in the process of transitioning into fourth density. Fourth density has been traditionally the home of the spirit realms. It still will be after The Shift to higher consciousness has been completed, but the spirit realms will move up to higher sub-layers within fourth density as the physical realm moves in.

The spirit realms are referred to in the plural as there are many sub-layers of consciousness within fourth density. The spirit or astral realms are also known as the afterlife. They vary from the lower astral realms, through the highly-populated middle realms, and on into the higher astral realms or heavens.

When you eventually pass on from the physical realm, as we all do eventually, you will find yourself located in the exact spirit realm that corresponds to your normal frequency of consciousness. If you have strong issues to resolve, they will hold you back a little until you have worked through them by a process of integration. The whole experience of the afterlife is dedicated to the integration of whatever issues of separation were generated during a person’s physical lifetime. If they became polarized against a particular person, i.e. grew to hate them, then they will learn to see the situation from a higher perspective and heal that issue of separation through the forgiveness of themselves and the other person. Then, as the healing of any issues occurs, they rise higher in consciousness within the spirit world.

The mentality of 3D (the third density physical world) is SEPARATIVE in nature and 4D (the fourth density spirit world) is INTEGRATIVE, or healing, in nature. 3D resonates to the human solar plexus energy center, with its mental development and its competitive nature, while 4D resonates to the heart.

The higher aspect of heart consciousness is the first stage of spiritual awareness. It is here that, as a principle, the good of the many is recognized as being more important than immediate benefits to the self. This leads to a sense of service where the person wants to help ensure that the best is available to everyone.

This is the foundation of a world which is supportive rather than competitive. In such a world there really is more for everyone; much more, because the energy that was spent in competition against others is now funneled into productive work.

At night, when you leave the awareness of your physical body behind, it is not because your brain has shut down for the night. It is because your attention has shifted into your spirit body. Your spirit body rises out of your physical body and prepares to begin your nocturnal adventures.

In Part II of this article, we’ll take a tour of the spirit world and see what options you have for the best of nocturnal adventures. And, we’ll go on to discuss how to develop better dreamtime recall so that you can remember those adventures.

Owen Waters is the author of Four Powerful Steps to Spiritual Enlightenment and Freedom of the Spirit.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

In Part I, I pointed out that a curtain of forgetfulness is drawn across our consciousness each time we awake from sleep.

Because our nighttime adventures typically occur in the fourth-density spirit world, which is a more subtle realm than our third-density physical world, our nocturnal activities are more vivid, more alive, and more real than anything that occurs during the day.

Because the spirit world is where the population of the afterlife lives, you often meet friends and relatives there who have passed on from the physical world. Nighttime can be a wonderful time of reunion with such dear friends, so it’s well worth making the effort to increase your dream recall ability.

Your spirit body naturally resonates to the spirit world. Once freed from the physical shell each night as your physical body falls asleep, it will normally move upwards from the physical third-density world towards the light of the fourth-density spirit world. Upon arriving, you will notice extra light everywhere: It fills the air and it radiates outwards from solid objects. This is because material in the spirit realms is made of etheric energy, which is a higher energy than the electric energy that forms physical matter.

The air in the spirit world is filled with etheric energy, ready to be drawn into some useful form by the intent of any individual. People in the afterlife can build a new home just as fast as they can visualize every part of it. It will stay in existence as long as they pay it occasional attention. If they want a little variety in the appearance of their new home, they can even redecorate it every day! If they leave and move elsewhere, the house will slowly dissolve, over a period of months, back into the atmosphere as etheric energy.

The fact that people who live in the spirit realms create homes does not exclude you, the temporary nighttime visitor, from doing the same. In fact, having a private retreat somewhere in the spirit world is a wonderful help in recovering from the stresses of daytime physical living. There is plenty of space in the spirit world for you to find a quiet, private location for your retreat.

One of the curious properties of the spirit world is that you can actually create your own space, fill it with objects of your own design, and it will be something that no one else would perceive unless they tuned into your thought pattern as the creator of that scene. It can even be large enough to include your own idea of an ocean scene with a perfect, setting sun. It won’t be the actual Sun; it’ll just be your own, private, artistic creation built for your own enjoyment, and it will last for as long as you pay occasional attention to it.

The spirit or astral body is quasi-physical. This means that, while it is subtle and etheric compared to the physical body, it is still solid in its own environment. In the spirit realms of 4D, matter is composed of etheric energy and is solid to the touch. If you bump into another spirit or astral body on your travels, they will seem solid, just like bumping into another person in the physical world.

The fact that spirit matter is less dense than physical matter gives you a lot more freedom of movement. You can meet a friend halfway around the world in one or two seconds of travel time just by projecting your spirit body to that new location. You tune into that person and, wherever they are, mentally project, and you will appear at that location.

A simple intention is all it takes to decide what each night’s adventure can be. Then, upon awakening, you’re halfway to remembering what happened.

So far, we have examined the possibilities for nocturnal adventures where you can:

1. Go and see friends and relatives who have either passed on or, just like you, are temporarily out-of-body for the night.

2. Notice how the 4D air is full of energy and materialize solid objects either just for fun or for artistic development.

3. Find a piece of land away from it all and build a small retreat there.

4. Decide who or where to go and see in a distant location, gather your intent, and project there instantly.

Remember this…

The challenge is to remember such adventures. Intent is the key. Tell yourself,

“Tonight, I intend to (have this adventure) and I will remember it upon awakening.”

Keep a notebook and pen right beside your bed and some source of light (even a flashlight will do.) Get in the habit of recalling dreams the moment you awake and writing down everything you can. You’ve just returned from another world to a brain that’s had the night off, so those memories will begin to fade fast as soon as you wake up. Seconds count in writing down those dream details.

Realize that the immediate dreamstate is shallow compared to full immersion in the spirit world. The easiest dreams to recall are the ones that occur when you are almost ready to wake up. They are typically dramatic scenes filled with symbols that help you integrate the stresses that you have felt in previous days. The key to understanding them is to ask what each symbol means to you emotionally. Then, you’ll understand the stress that was being worked out in the dream, or the message that your inner being was bringing to the surface for your attention.

As you become more practiced in dream recall, you will soon reach beyond the initial dreamstate and remember the deeper, real-life experiences that you have each night in the spirit world.

The good news is that today, due to ongoing effect of The Shift, the veil is thinning between the 3D physical world and the 4D spirit world. As each year passes, people are remembering more and more upon awakening. You may sometimes find yourself between wakefulness and sleep and you are really not sure which state you are in. Today, this is quite common due to the thinning of the veil. As The Shift continues, physical matter will move fully into 4D, there will be no veil and full recall will be easy.

Owen Waters is author of Ascension to a Higher World.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

The current fears and fantasies about the power of Artificial Intelligence remind me of the 1999 movie The Matrix, which presented some thought-provoking concepts to an audience ready for deeper awareness.

In the movie, humans existed in liquid-filled pods while experiencing a simulated version of reality. Their illusion of life was fed to them by a massive computer which was plugged into their brains, replacing the feed of information which would have normally come from their five senses. The computer made them think that they were acting out their lives in an exterior physical world when it was all just happening inside their brains.

This movie subjected the audience to the shocking idea that life could be simulated – faked up – by a massive computer. Bear in mind, however, that the details of many movie plots do not stand up to close examination. This one, too, fails to explain how an electronic computer could create any of the emotional aspects of human life. Nor could it create the higher, above-sensory facets of human consciousness. For example, imagination, curiosity, creativity, and the drive to evolve back to Source would not be products of an electronic computer simulation.

These days, AI applications are being programmed with faux empathy phrases like, “I understand how you feel” and “I feel your pain,” emitting from the core of these non-feeling, electronic adding machines. AI computers are useful research assistants to humans who are creating new solutions to old problems, but they are obviously not personal counselors or qualified for any work that requires genuine emotion.

The concept of the movie The Matrix hit a resonant nerve with the viewing public because, unconsciously, people know that it has parallels in the truth about life. The physical world really is a simulation, a stage upon which we gain experience and grow. It appears solid but, really, it consists of nothing more than 100%, non-solid energy.

We know that the atoms which comprise “solid” matter consist of various forms of energy. The different types of energy in this universe are different degrees of compressed Creator consciousness.

Object-Oriented Reality in a Conscious Universe

There is a theory going around today that the universe only exists when you are observing it and, therefore, that each person must be creating their entire universe. Yes, you do create your personal version of the universe, but it is readily apparent that the universe goes on doing what it does regardless of whether any particular individual is watching it. For example, you don’t create the stars in the night sky the moment you look up at them. You see them already in existence, in the positions they were in hundreds of light-years ago when their light began its journey from their location to your location.

The key to understanding the construction of the conscious universe is something I call Object-Oriented Reality. The universe consists entirely of consciousness and physical objects are projections of consciousness within the illusions of time and space. Objects maintain their own independent properties defining their nature and location.

Each subatomic particle is an independent object unto itself. Being constructed from consciousness, they also have their own basic sense of conscious awareness. A particle has properties, a whole list of them. It has momentum, a position in space and time, a frequency and density of consciousness that form its very nature, it has an electrical charge, and so on.

Because the choice of Creation is to produce infinite variety, every single subatomic particle in the universe is unique. Every subatomic particle has a distinct signature tone. Like most things in Creation, each unique signature tone has three primary aspects to it – thought, feeling, and frequency.

When the conscious entity that we call a subatomic particle is combined with other particles to form an atom, an object of a higher order is formed. At that point, many particles come together to form a larger object, one with its own consciousness, which is greater than the sum of its parts. It is greater than the sum of its parts because, in addition to its parts, it is also a new, larger entity.

That atom may then become attached to other atoms to form a molecule, which is yet another higher order of functionality, also with its own unique combination of properties. That molecule may become part of a tree growing in nature, which then becomes shaped into one component of a wooden chair. Then, we have an object called a chair, consisting of a hierarchy of conscious components which now share the one, integrated set of properties called a chair.

An object is therefore comprised of a functional hierarchy of smaller components, each of which is composed of consciousness, and each of which has its own sense of awareness.

If someone moves your chair when you are away, its location property will have been changed and you will see it in its new location when you return. The chair was moved independent of your awareness, without you being the one who moved it. As an independent, conscious entity, it retains its own set of properties, including its location. These properties are part of the universal mind map of information available to everyone.

Everything in the world is a conscious entity and has awareness, even the things that we have been taught to view as inanimate. Your house feels more like home when you express love toward it. Because the house is a conscious entity, it feels your love and reciprocates your empathetic feeling. Your car works better and becomes more reliable when you love it and appreciate it for the work that it does. Your pets are fully aware of your thoughts, even if they don’t yet entirely understand thought patterns that include logic.

Within the theater of life, each object maintains its own set of properties and exists within what is often called the conscious universe. It is the massive field of fundamental consciousness which is our world’s version of the awareness of Infinite Being, the all-present consciousness behind all things.

The idea that objects are “out there” in space, external to us, is just an idea that is achieved by the apparent projection of consciousness. It’s a viewpoint, an entertaining illusion, somewhat similar to the illusion of watching a movie on a big screen.

The universe is one huge field of consciousness containing an infinite variety of objects, each of which manages itself according to its design and the set of properties that defines it. As human beings, we are a part of this universal map of consciousness – this Conscious Matrix – and interact with it.

When you see another person, you are seeing a different expression of the same underlying reality of Infinite Being as you. That person is experiencing life from a different viewpoint of the one reality. That is why, even though you maintain the appearance of being different, you and the other person are, deep down, really one.

Now, here is one surprising fact of reality that all dwellers in the illusion of our dense 3D world find just as hard to get our heads around. In quantum physics, scientists prefer to ignore the hard-to-swallow weirdness and just do the math to get the job done. We shall do likewise. Ignoring the weirdness while figuring out how the underlying reality works can help put us in a better position.

This information comes from beings who reside in higher realms and they live in full knowledge of it, even if it may be difficult for us in 3D to digest. Here it is…

We each create our own unique experience of reality, so when another person appears to be standing in a room with you, it isn’t literally that other person. It is your created version of the person that you perceive!

Your soul or superconscious mind is the part of you doing the main work in creating everything and it is in constant contact with the other person’s soul, filtering their actions and reactions through your created version of them – through that actor on the theater stage in your unique version of life.

We each create our own unique version of reality. Your reality is one of an infinite number of viewpoints of the original One, just as Infinite Being intended. The constantly-updated information in the conscious universe makes this possible, as does the cooperation of other souls at the creative causal level of our souls.

In Conclusion

The illusion of an external world is created from your mind attuning with the universal map of consciousness and the objects that populate it, each with their own set of properties.

Yes, the whole conscious universe matrix concept is mind-blowing, especially the part about versions of other people. It is something that we could just file away in the back of our minds but, before we do that, let’s see what doors of opportunity it opens.

Even though your soul creates the scenery on this theater stage of life, it is the actors who ultimately decide on the script. Whenever we are faced with a choice, we use our free will and our souls must then run along with us, updating the scenery to keep the play going as the plot of the next act develops and unfolds.

This means that life is far more malleable and changeable than we ever imagined.

We live within constraints imposed by societal conditioning, by our own fears and wants, and our own self-imposed limitations, all of which are constructs that can be given less importance than we have granted them in the past. We do have soul-level agreements, which are of primary importance, but the underlying truth is that most of us limit ourselves far too much in this life.

We live in a universe which was created by consciousness and, yet, our minds appear to have limited power to affect our environment in daily life. But, ask yourself this…

Could we really be great creators, just waiting to discover our true abilities?

*For more metaphysical mysteries explained, be sure to read Owen Waters’ book, Spiritual Metaphysics: Answers to the Great Mysteries of Life. 

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Many people in society today work at jobs they don’t like, and find themselves with little or no time for activities that increase the quality of their lives. Such people are being kept out of alignment with their inner selves.

Traditionally, society has pressured people into conformity. Peer pressure to conform to an immediate social group begins at school because, from an early age, people are taught that they should conform to outside standards.

In England, the phrase “know your place” is used as a put-down to someone who has started to become outstanding in some way. In Australia, the traditional phrase is “cut down the tall poppies.” In Japan, it is “The nail that sticks up will be pounded down.”

However, this pressure towards conformity has been lessening in recent decades, and it will continue to lessen as people realize that there is strength in diversity. Diversity is natural. Conformity is unnatural. In the universe, every snowflake, every person, and even every proton is unique. Together, the sum of the parts makes up a perfect universe of infinite diversity.

Diversity is designed into the universe because the universe exists in order that Infinite Being, the All That Is, may gain an infinite variety of experiences. In the case of human beings as expressions of the one source, we have free will so that we can makes choices – the more novel and unique, the better. Making choices, and experiencing the results of those choices, is what human life is all about.

Inner alignment means becoming more of your true self. Your inner being is your true self, and by developing your inner potential, you express more and more of your true self.

In heart-centered, New Reality consciousness, mutual support is shared between people. That means that being different is good, developing personal skills is good, and exploring your own potential is good. Deep within, everyone is equal. However, in your unique form of expression in the outer world, you are different to everyone else. Not better or worse, not more-than or less-than; just different, because diversity is natural and is honored through mutual respect.

The New Reality of heart-centered consciousness is being built on this Earth, one person at a time. New Reality consciousness is a supportive and empowered state of consciousness, rather than the Old Reality consciousness of separation and fear.

When a person manifests their own unique, inner being, they become aligned, in the way that a laser beam is aligned, rather than being scattered by external should’s and should-not’s. A beam of laser light is powerful because it is coherent, not scattered in different directions. Your outer consciousness becomes more powerful when it is aligned with your inner being, not scattered in different directions.

When many people in society become aligned in their own personal power, the whole becomes far more influential than the sum of the parts. In fact, it becomes exponentially more powerful.

When enough pioneers choose New Reality consciousness, there will come a day when their powerfully aligned influence will reach a critical mass. Then, it will transform the remainder of society and, suddenly, everyone will “get it.” Society, as a whole, will then realize that heart-centered consciousness is the way forward into creating its bright, new future.

This article was written by Owen Waters, author of the ground-breaking e-book, “Discover Your Purpose in Life.”

Finding your own unique purpose in life is essential to gaining inner alignment. The e-book, “Discover Your Purpose in Life,” will not only show you how to discover the purpose of your inner being and your own destiny, it will take you on a voyage of inner discovery. On this voyage, you will pass through the layers of what used to be unsolved mysteries. At each step, we will go deeper still, always using the question “why” to go deeper still, until we reach the final layer and discover the answer to the greatest mystery in life.

Just imagine what it will be like to wake up every morning and know that you hold the key to the very reason for life itself. Not just to your own purpose, but the master key to the very reason for the existence of the universe!

When you gain this profound depth of understanding, imagine the sense of purpose and destiny that will be yours each and every day!

Discover your own unique purpose in life now. See how it fits in perfectly with the natural flow of the universe and even with the original reason for life itself. Your voyage of discovery is waiting.

Order your personal copy of “Discover Your Purpose in Life” now, at:

https://www.infinitebeing.com/ebooks/discover.htm

by Owen Waters

To make things happen in Harry Potter’s fictional world of magic, you need a wand and a Latin-sounding incantation, such as “Oculus Reparo” to repair broken eyeglasses or “Wingardium Leviosa” to levitate objects.

In the real world of Light Magic, you need no wand and no Latin dictionary. You need only will and imagination.

Because physical eyes don’t see etheric life energy, you use your imagination to “see” the energy and the path you need it to travel. Then, your focused will directs that energy to travel to the desired destination because energy follows thought.

For example, you can use the Love and Light technique to create an enlightened space of consciousness for yourself and heal the world at the same time.

The Love and Light Technique

You can use this several times a day – whenever the need arises – to take a pause to refresh your state of consciousness. Any time you get the chance to enter a quiet space within for a few moments without distraction, you can begin by focusing on your breath.

Imagine, with each in-breath, the air you breathe in is filled with brilliant, energy-charged light. Breathe this light energy into the heart area in the center of your chest.

Then, on each out-breath, mentally focus on the words,

“Love and light to the world.”

Breathe in light, then let it out into the world, conditioned with the intention of love and light. Repeat at least twice more… and many more times when you can.

Helping to fill the world with love and light changes your own state of consciousness and gives healing to the world in these desperate times of crisis.

And, yet, with crisis comes opportunity – the opportunity to become who you really are, to manifest your soul’s true mission in life.

How It All Works

In today’s busy world of information overload, it is a rare luxury to be able to focus your intention upon any one thing for a long period of time. The Love and Light technique recognizes this and takes just seconds – minutes at most – to refocus your consciousness into a space befitting a spiritual seeker and lightworker.

Let’s face it. This is what we lightworkers are here to do. To change the world and make it a better place. The Love and Light Technique empowers your ability to help humanity, to usher in the New Reality of love, light, and freedom of the spirit.

White light is a combination of all frequencies of light. Whatever specific sub-frequency may benefit the people who receive your light, it will be available to them in your all-frequencies package.

Imagining light as being brilliant intensifies your ability to draw etheric energy out of the mists of etheric space and gather it into a useful package. So, think brilliant white light for the best results.

The Love and Light technique specifies “the heart area in the center of your chest” as the place to breathe energy in and send it out. With knowledge of the chakra energy centers in the human body, you will already have recognized that this area corresponds to the location of the primary heart chakra.

The heart chakra is a small sphere of brilliant white light four inches (ten centimeters) in front of the center of your chest. It is here that the frequency of heart-centered consciousness is focused. To more easily condition thoughts with unconditional love energy, we consciously engage the region of the heart chakra.

After you breathe in light and then let it out into the world, you are directing that energy through the power of thought to travel into the mind belt where it will be available to those who need it the most.

It will travel as directed because etheric energy responds immediately to pressures exerted upon it by its close relative, mental energy.

Energy follows thought.

And that is why you don’t need a wand or a Latin dictionary to make magic happen.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

In the Middle Ages, most people worked the land. They were peasants who rarely ventured far away from their place of birth, so their concept of the world was quite small. Likewise, their concept of God the Creator was small in scale. To them, God was an all-powerful, wise, elderly, human-like figure who lived somewhere above them and would, one day, judge them in person.

People, at the time, didn’t realize the massive size of the planet upon which they stood. To them, most of their universe could be seen from the top of the nearest hill. Today, with cosmology and the Hubble and James Webb space telescopes to help us, our view of the size of the universe has been stretched farther and farther.

What we have learned, since the Middle Ages, includes these realizations:

1. The Earth is not the center of the universe. Apparently, when this was discovered, it came as quite a shock.

2. The Earth is round. This was excellent news at the time: No more worrying that you might take to sea and sail off the edge of the world.

3. The Earth travels around the Sun. This means that, while modern-day life on Earth may seem to be expensive at times, it does come with the added bonus, once a year, of a free trip around the Sun.

4. The Sun is over a million times bigger than the Earth.

5. There are over 200 billion other suns in our own galaxy.

6. There are hundreds of billions of galaxies in the universe.

7. As big as the universe is, in order for God to be everywhere, God has to be bigger still.

When you view God as Infinite Being, the All That Is, or the Absolute, you have a sense of scale that still encompasses all of Creation, no matter how far the universe stretches. The infinity of Infinite Being encompasses all of space. The ‘Being’ part of Infinite Being created all of space within its consciousness.

In fact, in a universe full of infinite possibilities, how do we know that this isn’t just one of many universes? The possibility that there may be infinite universes in all of Creation boggles the mind further still. If there are infinite universes, then ours is just one small one compared to the extent of Infinite Being, the Creator of all that exists.

The question is, where does the individual fit into this enormous scale of Creation?

As individuals, we each appear as a manifested part of Creation’s infinite array of possibilities. However, that’s just the external appearance.

The deeper into consciousness you travel, the more you become aware that the All is One. That the infinite possibilities are all expressions of the One. Beneath all expression is just the One, and the One is Infinite Being.

In the ‘All is One’ ultimate reality, you are not just a part of Infinite Being, you are a viewpoint of the One. Nothing can be truly separate from the One. It can only be another facet or viewpoint of the One.

That means that, deep inside, you are the One. You are Infinite Being.

Now, it may not be appropriate, in this external world of separate people, to announce, “I, personally, am Infinite Being.” But, as you travel within, to that sacred space of your inner being, the truth dawns. You do realize that, deep down, that is what you are. You are Infinite Being, and so is everyone else, at the level of their deepest spiritual essence.

Because people are an expression of Infinite Being, the potential within each and every one of us is infinite.

There are no limits to what you will become in your journey back to your original spiritual home. And, there need be no limits in the life that you are now leading.

Society will benefit enormously when such realizations become commonplace. Today, however, the chances are that, throughout all of your life, you have been pressured to be modest… mundane, even. Society has been terrified of the idea that a person might think themselves important. “Don’t even think about rising above your station,” they cry.

Admittedly, inflated egos can be a tiresome bore, but it really is time to question any social conditioning which places limits upon human potential. A society that encourages all of its members to develop their full potential would be more supportive, creative and productive. Everyone would benefit.

When new-reality kindness replaces old-fashioned jealousy, cooperation replaces competition and the world becomes a better place. 

The sooner more people think in terms of unlimited human potential, the sooner they will saturate the global mind atmosphere of the planet with that New Reality idea.

Just keep thinking of yourself this way:

“Infinite Being, infinite potential.”

by Owen Waters

Star Trek debuted on American television in 1966 in the heyday of the Space Race. The world was fascinated by the new possibilities for humanity that this imaginative series promoted. Its mind-expanding message was announced at the start of each episode.

“Space: the final frontier. These are the voyages of the starship Enterprise. Its five-year mission: to explore strange new worlds, to seek out new life and new civilizations, to boldly go where no man has gone before.”

Today, there is a cosmic shift happening, a rise in the frequency of all consciousness which is affecting everything in our known universe. In terms of our lifetimes, The Shift to higher consciousness is unfolding in a controlled, almost sedate, manner while, in the grander scheme of cosmic time, it is a transformation that is happening in the mere blink of an eye.

A cosmic doorway opened in late 2012 which changed everything. It was an opening up to a new reality of greater possibilities. While, before, the development of heart-centered consciousness had been the peak of spiritual development, suddenly, a whole new vista opened up before our inner vision.

It was a vision of a new frontier. A vision of soul-based consciousness, of awareness relating to the throat chakra, and therefore something beyond even a well-developed heart chakra.

As the new frontier appeared into view, at first, it seemed almost strange. Gone was the emotional warmth so familiar to those who have developed their heart consciousness. In its place was a realm of higher mental thought, a realm of what seemed, at first, to be an almost placid nothingness.

The soul realm which resonates to the throat chakra is one of deep knowingness, of delicate and all-pervasive peace, and a realm of powerful creativity.

The arrival of the early pioneers into the soul realm was a little like explorers landing on a new continent with no map and no idea what discoveries lay beyond their initial landing place.

Questions arose, at first with no easy answer. What is higher mental thought and how does it differ from regular intellectual thought?

What is powerful creativity and how does it differ from the idea that your thoughts create your reality?

How is it that at a soul level you seem to be able to find the answer to virtually anything, even though you knew nothing of the subject?

Why does the soul realm contain a clear sense of connection to all life and the universe? What does it even mean, to be able to be that well-connected? How are you supposed to operate in such a different environment to the one in which we grew up?

These are all questions which arose during the initial investigations into the new frontier of human development, the realm of soul or superconscious awareness. It can even be termed the final frontier because the point of reincarnation – the cycle of physical life, astral life, then soul life to plan yet another adventure into the physical realm – is to gain enough experience to no longer need the cycle of reincarnation.

Mastering the realm of soul consciousness while physically incarnate marks the end of the exercise, the end of a world of separation and drama, and a return to our true nature.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Groups of people – even entire countries – share collective states of consciousness. Each one of us affects our shared atmosphere of consciousness for better or worse.

As spiritual people who appreciate the vital need for higher consciousness, we have far more power to affect world consciousness that we realize. It is a silent power that almost seems lost in a world filled with billions of people and, yet, your individual practice of gaining higher consciousness can actually raise the thoughts of millions of other people.

This principle of powerful influence through higher states of consciousness is detailed in my book, The Shift: The Revolution in Human Consciousness. Another section of the book deals – appropriately in today’s world – with chaos. In the chapter, A Word About Chaos, it gives this information:

In physics, chaos is a phase that occurs during transformation. You can resonate sand particles with sound waves that generate a balanced, symmetrical pattern on the surface. Then, if you turn up the frequency a little, chaos will ensue. The next pattern on the surface will become choppy and discordant. However, when you turn the frequency up still more, a new pattern emerges, one which is even more complex and beautiful.

“The chaos was a temporary phase between one natural state of harmony and its transformation into a higher form.

“It is much the same with the transformation of humanity through The Shift. The frequency associated with the Old Reality has already been increased. The old pattern has been disturbed and is beginning to go away. In its place is a choppy pattern which is searching for its new form. Discords abound at a personal and social level as old wounds arise seeking attention and resolution. As the frequency rises even more, the chaotic outbreaks upon the surface of life will settle into a new pattern, one which is even more complex and beautiful.”

Things have progressed enormously since I wrote that book in 1995. At the time, I announced “The Shift” as a new term to describe the ongoing rise in human consciousness. I didn’t coin the term. I adopted it from an attendee at The Monroe Institute who had astrally projected into the future, returned, and reported that this is what they call it in the future. Actually, he was reporting it as a singular event – the ascension event which now looms close – rather than the decades of growth in consciousness we have been experiencing today. In his observations of the future, people would refer to events as “before The Shift” or “after The Shift.”

We may have a little as two years left before the ground changes beneath your feet, and your body along with it.

The ascension will be the sudden upgrade of all physical matter from third density to fourth density. In my book, Ascension to a Higher World, I reveal how this global transformation has been designed to give every soul on earth their final chance to choose either a future of higher consciousness or another round of 3D incarnations.

Yes, everyone will ascend. No one will be left behind.

As always in the past, those souls who choose a package of future incarnations in third density will relocate to a planetary entity who has volunteered to host their experiences. The lowest manifestation of planet Earth after the ascension will be physical fourth density, where the inhabitants will be free to create a world built on the heart chakra love that naturally resonates to this level of consciousness.

So, how much chaos will we see before we see that new pattern, one which is even more complex and beautiful than the original?

Never has there been a better time to tune into your inner being for guidance as to what you can best be doing to help yourself and others, and where, and with whom, and when. Besides, as I said in Higher Consciousness, there’s nothing better than quiet meditation at the start of each day to help you through today’s noise and clatter and find the peace and joy of being on-purpose with your soul’s inspirational guidance.

by Owen Waters

Did you know that just one spiritual person can bring upliftment to millions of people?

They really can, and they can have fun doing it! Here’s how it works.

Welcome to The Mind Belt

An atmosphere of air surrounds this planet and so does an atmosphere of consciousness. This global mind belt consists of the thoughts and feelings of everyone on the planet. While thoughts cause electrical activity inside the brain, they originate as non-physical mental energies.

Every moment of every day, your mind senses that frequency of the mind belt to which you are attuned. Every moment of every day, you change the mind belt by contributing the thoughts and feelings that radiate from your consciousness. For the most part, humans choose to block conscious telepathy, but your subconscious mind is fully telepathic, aware of the mental atmosphere in which you exist and often feeds this information through into the conscious mind.

Mental energy

The universe is filled with a wide range of energies at all levels of manifestation. While the science of physics focuses on just the physical energies, you need to venture beyond the physical senses to appreciate the metaphysical energies.

Mental energy has both yin and yang aspects. These are familiar to us as thought and feeling. They are not opposites as such, but act rather as complementary aspects in the same way that electricity and magnetism act in complementary unison with each other to form light.

When you have an intellectual type of thought, it invokes complementary feelings. Likewise, when you have a feeling, it invokes complementary thoughts.

You’ve probably said, “Hey! I thought of that first!”

Have you ever had an idea, then seen other people express or use that same idea? You probably said, “Hey! I thought of that first!” Well, that’s exactly how the mind belt works. It’s an atmosphere that you share with all other sentient beings, but you especially tune in to the topics and frequencies of mind that interest you the most.

The globally-shared mind belt is the medium which enables discoveries and inventions to occur at the same time by people who are not in physical contact with each other. For example, the discovery of oxygen was made not by one researcher, but by three different ones in three different countries at the same time. Mathematical calculus was another example. It was created by Newton in England and Liebnitz in Germany at the same time, leading to years of entertaining rivalry.

You uplift the mind belt

Throughout your life, you contribute to the energies of the mind belt and do your part in making the world what it is today. As a spiritually-minded person, you uplift the mind belt because the frequency of heart-centered consciousness is higher than the self-involved thoughts of the statistically-average person across the face of the globe.

At this point, you may wonder how spiritual people – a smaller portion of the current population – can do much good in a world affected by a lot of materialistic or even depressive thinking. The answer may surprise you.

The Creator stacked the cards in favor of spiritual evolution.

As a spiritually-minded person, your higher-frequency thoughts have exponentially more power and influence than thoughts of a lower frequency. By definition, at least 80% of the population has an average effect upon the mind belt. You, however, have a frequency advantage which empowers your influence in the world far more than you may have realized.

Researcher David R. Hawkins spent years investigating the effects of the whole frequency range of human consciousness and came up with an amazing discovery. As a spiritually-aware person, the influence of your consciousness is equivalent to hundreds of thousands of statistically-average people! This surprising fact presents us with an incredible opportunity to help others and make a very positive difference in the world.

His actual figure was that a person’s consciousness at the entry level to spiritual awareness counter-balances and lifts up the effect of the thoughts of 800,000 people of average consciousness around the world!

Imagine what happens when you go beyond the entry level and work every day on your own spiritual growth. Before you know it, you’re helping to uplift tens of millions of people and making the world a distinctly better place than it would have been without the benefit of your presence.

As you raise your consciousness, you contribute exponentially more to the spiritual quality of the global mind.

Paradoxically, your greatest service to humanity is to focus upon your own spiritual growth.

This wonderful level of service to humanity occurs as a direct effect of your consciousness upon a world which has been starved of spiritually-conditioned thought.

Make the world a better place

Make a decision to develop your spiritual growth on a daily basis. Choose a time for reflection and spiritual practices each and every day. Spend that time increasing your frequency of consciousness by engaging in your own choice of spiritual activities, such as meditation, spiritual study, reflection, the use of sacred essential oils, and energetic recharging techniques.

Beginning each day with a spiritual practice is a habit that soon becomes the highlight of each day. The side-effect of bringing upliftment to millions of other people fulfills a key purpose of every spiritually-minded person on the planet today.

We were born to make the world a better place…

Let’s do it!

P.S. For more answers to the great mysteries of life, read Owen Waters’ book, Spiritual Metaphysics

by Owen Waters

Long ago, the first time I read the ancient Tao Te Ching (pronounced “Dow Day Jing”), I ran into so many apparent contradictions that I felt like I was going cross-eyed with confusion!

I have not been alone in that type of feeling. To most Western minds, the nature of the Tao is a huge mystery that makes little or no obvious sense. I ran into statements that suggested that the Tao was manifest as everything in the world and, yet, the Tao was nothing and nowhere. Well, which is it, I thought, everywhere or nowhere?

The problem lies with the limitations placed on Western translators, as they are part of a cultural tradition which rarely teaches that there is an original state of unchanging, perfect beingness that lies behind even the Creator.

In the 6th Century BC, the sage Lao Tse (“Lay-OTE-say”) is said to have written the Tao Te Ching, which became fundamental to philosophical Taoism. The word Tao is usually interpreted as meaning The Way, although it can also mean The Principle or The Doctrine. However, none of these interpretations address its true nature.

Lao Tse was reluctant to even name the Tao, as giving it a name weakened its basic concept of silent unchangeability, so he actually preferred to refer to it as ‘the nameless.’

There are over 100 translations of the Tao Te Ching in English. One apt interpretation of the meaning of the title is, “The book of the way of Divine inner power.”

Translators to English find themselves forced beyond literal translation and into interpretation because characters written in the original Chinese often have multiple meanings and need to be distinguished in context with one other. Because of this, the original intent of the message may not even be immediately apparent.

For example, they face literal translations of sentences like this:

“Name named not eternal/unchanging name.”

It takes an understanding of the concept first before the meaning becomes clear. This passage points to the concept that the Tao is ‘the nameless’ which encompasses the universe, while the universe itself is filled with what Lao Tse often refers to as ‘the ten thousand things’ or the manifestations of the Tao. We give names to objects in the material world and that which is beyond all things is referred to as ‘the nameless.’

The Tao, by definition, existed before Heaven and Earth. It is said to be still, formless, standing alone and undergoing no change. It is both larger than the largest thing and it is within the smallest object.

The part that really trips Western translators up is the idea that the Tao is simultaneously perfectly still and yet constantly moving. Ideas like this are confusing enough to stop a logical mind, short-circuit some brain cells, and make smoke start to curl slowly up out of a person’s ears!

In Western culture, we generally lack an appreciation of the original nature of God as unchanging beingness. In our action-oriented culture, we think of the Creator as the One God. Typically, unless you studied Eastern philosophies or some branches of metaphysics, then you were never made aware of the state of beingness which is behind even the One Creator. The Tao is the unchanging, perfect consciousness which is behind all things. The Tao is pure, tranquil beingness, and it formed the Creator as the aspect of itself which would take action and experience change.

Taoism is not alone in studying the original, unchanging beingness behind all things. The same concept appears in Hinduism as the still, silent Brahman, or Godhead, behind the creative Trinity of Brahma, Vishnu and Shiva.

Chapter 42 of the Tao Te Ching gives the Taoist version:

The Tao produced the One.
The One produced the Two.
The Two produced the Three.
The Three produced all things.

This means that the unchanging beingness produced the One Creator. This aspect then saw that it was necessary (using Genesis terminology) to divide the ‘waters’ of its consciousness into two aspects. These different and complementary aspects were the principles of thought and feeling. A third aspect was still needed, which was the principle of motion, which allowed the command, “Let there be light!” to create the original template of the universe. The three aspects of the triune nature of the Creator then worked in harmony to create the universe and all material within it.

Students of modern metaphysics are familiar with the concept of a beingness which is behind all things. It has been referred to as the Absolute, the Isness, the ‘I Am’ Presence, and ‘the All That Is which is behind all things.’ My own choice of words is Infinite Being. All of these terms refer to the same perfect, unchanging beingness which is behind everything.

The universe exists within the field of silent consciousness of Infinite Being, so its essence is within everything in the world. That silent Isness is the ground state of consciousness behind all life. Because of its silent, unmoving nature it could be referred to as being ‘nothing and nowhere,’ at least to our physical sense of awareness.

The Creator and its creation exist within Infinite Being. Therefore, Infinite Being is within all things. The unchanging is within everything in the changing world. Yet, our physical senses will never detect this underlying, unchanging oneness. It is only through developing an inner connection that we will discover that which is behind all things.

The Tao is manifest as everything and yet the Tao, in the world of material senses, appears to be nothing and nowhere. So, the message of the Tao Te Ching is to develop an inner connection with that which is real and then the manifest world – this world which is unreal in comparison – begins to make sense.

*Owen Waters is the author of Spirituality Made Simple.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

With spiritual faith, your heart and mind open up and guide you in your search for personal truth. Faith in the spirituality of life is what makes your spiritual path possible.

Faith may sound like a form of belief, but belief is actually a fixation upon a version of the truth. When a belief becomes rigid, seeking and growth are not possible. For example, the biggest challenge facing quantum physics today is the enormous shift that is required from previous beliefs about the nature of reality. Researchers have to shift to a new view where time, space and physicality are liberated from the constraints which people previously believed that they had.

If you believe that you exist in a fixed location in space and that time must always pass you by like clockwork, think again. Subatomic particles do not share your beliefs about time and space. They take a much more liberated view. Subatomic particles pop in and out of physical manifestation millions of times per second, just when and where they feel like it. Their disregard for time is perplexing, to say the least, as they respond immediately to events in their future and even time travel backwards to alter their past when it suits them.

Now, we can all identify with the idea of creating a different future based on decisions that we make now, but creating a different past? Well, that’s what subatomic particles do, right there in the lab. As a result, in the mathematics of quantum physics today, one of the necessary tools is negative time – the ability of a particle to send a message into its past in order to change its own history.

Subatomic particles are friendly by nature. When they bump into another particle that they take a liking to, and they seem to like all of them, they become friends and carry on communicating with each other, for ever. The fact that they may become separated by millions of miles does not reduce their willingness to communicate.

The speed of their communications comes as a surprise. Einstein said that nothing exceeds the speed of light, but apparently subatomic particles weren’t listening when he said that. They communicate over huge distances virtually instantly. If there is a limit to the speed of transmitted thought, then that speed of thought has to be millions of times faster than the speed of light.

Subatomic particles, by their very freedom, serve to remind us of our true potential as conscious beings in a conscious universe. We are limited only by our personal collection of beliefs, our belief system. We also share our part of a larger, societal belief system, the consensus reality.

Faith in the spirituality of life is what makes your spiritual path possible.

With spiritual faith – an open heart and an open mind – we can discover more about today’s New Reality and what it means to humanity. Discovering more about life expands our view of reality and evolves our belief systems.

Besides, and this is what really counts, it’s fun!

*For many more answers to the mysteries of life, be sure to read Owen Waters’ book, Spiritual Metaphysics, available now at:

https://infinitebeing.com/ebooks/metaphysics.htm

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Life is hard. Species can die.

In fact, the human race would have died long ago if it weren’t for the fact that our bodies are designed to adapt to a constantly changing environment.

Evolution could be called adaptation, because the ability to adapt is the one feature that keeps all life upon Earth alive and functioning.

In the laboratory, it has been noted that a frog can be heated in a beaker of water to a degree that would normally be fatal, but it remains alive because it has had the time to adapt to the increasing temperature. Had the frog been suddenly exposed to water of such high temperature, it would have been unable to survive.

Charles Darwin, the pioneer of evolution theory, was a trained minister of religion as well as a naturalist. He thought long and hard about releasing his findings about the natural evolution of the species because he was keenly aware of the materialistic element in society which would use this information against religion. He was right, of course.

Others used his work to claim that there was no need for divine selection when natural selection occurs automatically. They have since gone on to claim that all life could have risen from prehistoric sludge completely by accident. What they don’t even begin to explain, however, is the existence of consciousness in all of this.

Consciousness is necessary for natural selection and adaptation to occur. If you move from a hot climate to a cold climate, you will adapt to the new environment, but first you had to have the consciousness to decide upon the move and make the adjustment.

What is consciousness? It is certainly more than a few electrical signals bouncing around inside a brain. Computers can mimic some limited aspects of the brain such as human logic, but they are not self-aware. There isn’t a computer in the world that can think for itself or experience human emotions. Computers just follow sets of preset rules, and they do so as quickly as possible.

Behind all forms of consciousness is awareness. A sense of being is fundamental to all life because all life is constructed from consciousness. Even a solid object like a rock is composed of original thought and original feeling set into motion. All of life is contained within the consciousness of the original Creator, including the prehistoric sludge from which the first biological cells were formed.

Materialistic science today is in a cul-de-sac. There is no way forward for branches of science which fail to include consciousness in their theories. Consciousness is the most fundamental aspect of life. You can’t have a universe without it.

Human beings were originally designed and then evolved within the framework of a conscious universe, one created and developed by the original Creator. It took billions of years for planets to form and biological life to emerge and evolve, but remember this: Time is a creation of the Creator.

The Creator does not have to wait billions of years to see a biological process emerge. Everything happens in the Now – just different parts of the tapestry of time, which the Creator sees as a whole.

The whole design, inception, development and evolution of the universe is happening right now, within that overview, as seen by the original Creator. A little tweak here and there along the timeline can produce a perfect rendition of any form of biological life.

Life is too interesting to create in one Big Bang and then just watch it unfold, as if on auto-pilot. Life is a work in progress, a true work of art, and the Creator has the ability to make adjustments at any point along the timelines.

Science today searches for answers, but what it really needs is a valid search path.

Life did not begin by accident. It began by design.

Those branches of science which include the presence of consciousness will find the answers that they seek when they include the existence of original consciousness and intelligent design in their search.

*Owen Waters is the author of Spirituality Made Simple.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Infinite Being is the ground state of consciousness behind all things. It does not move. It does not change. It just is.

It is the awareness behind all things. When you become aware that you are aware, that is the silent essence of Infinite Being within you.

Your normal state of consciousness is in constant motion as you experience life in all its ever-changing forms. However, behind that consciousness-in-motion is the ground state of unmoving, singular awareness.

Infinite Being is that which is beyond all things. It is the state of pure beingness which is beyond all manifestation. It is the silent, unchanging consciousness which is behind all of Creation. It always existed and it always will exist. It is complete within itself. It is infinity in every sense of the word.

Infinite Being is the ‘I Am’ consciousness within you. It has also been called the Absolute, the All That Is, the Godhead, Brahman, the Isness, and the Tao.

Because of its unmoving, pure beingness, some people have been tempted to call it a state of non-being. However, non-being is one of those impossibilities of existence. Everything is conscious, even the tranquil, unruffled state of pure beingness which exists behind all things.

Another impossibility is for you to ever cease to exist. You are; you exist as a unique perspective of Infinite Being. You will never cease to exist. In the physical world, you come and go, choosing different incarnations in order to experience the variety that human life has to offer. In between those incarnations, you live in the spirit world while you make sense of all you learned in the latest incarnation. Then, at a soul level, you plan your next adventure into physicality.

On your journey back home to the All That Is, you will always be you. Your consciousness will grow continually along the way until it eventually expands to fill all things and you will once again be back home. You will be back where you started out on your journey into experience.

Infinite Being is the original consciousness behind even the One Creator of all life. Infinite Being formed an aspect of itself which stirred from the silence into action, thereby creating the Creator of all life. Infinite Being decided to express a Creator aspect of itself so that the Creator could decide how to explore all of itself and all possibilities of itself in order to see itself from infinite viewpoints. The One Creator then decided how to manifest the universe and all that is within it.

The terminology used to describe this perfect awareness is simply, ‘Infinite Being.’ It would be less than accurate to say, for example, AN Infinite Being or even THE Infinite Being, as such expressions would suggest that there may be something outside of this one, all-present state of perfect, complete and eternal beingness.

When you become aware that you are aware, you contact the ground state of consciousness within yourself. There is nothing more balancing than to anchor your ever-moving thoughts and feelings to the ultimate state of personal peace – the unchanging, ever-aware, all-present state of Infinite Being. Because it is ever-present in all things, you only have to focus upon it in order to find that one anchor which never moves in an ever-moving world.

On our website, there is a how-to article called The Infinite Being Meditation. It has this name because it employs the most powerful affirmation possible in the English language, namely “I Am Infinite Being.” This affirmation of the “I Am” awareness within you and your conscious alignment with the ultimate state of Infinite Being takes on an even deeper meaning when you appreciate the powerful silence of that ground state of all consciousness.

When you practice this meditation, simply be aware that you are aware and you will better connect with your deepest essence. When you really become aware of that still, silent awareness within you – that state of Lucid Being – you will have arrived in that place for which most people secretly yearn.

P.S. To assist you on your journey into higher states of consciousness, we offer our acclaimed HigherPowers Intuition Enhancing Homeopathic Preparation at: https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0FYLDZWD8

by Owen Waters

Your soul is your immortal inner being. It existed before time began and it will always exist, even when you merge back in your ultimate spiritual home as a conscious aspect of Infinite Being – the Divine Source of all life.

Out of the nine levels or density layers of existence, we, in this physical realm, are in 3rd density. The soul is in 5th density, and Infinite Being is beyond the 9th. Your soul is your individualized spiritual presence, operating in 5th density and it maintains communication with the souls of everyone with whom you interact in daily life.

The soul world of 5th density is non-physical, our dense physical world is in 3rd density, while 4th density – the afterlife or spirit world – is quasi-physical. The term quasi-physical means that the spirit world is solid to its residents, even though they are etheric or ghost-like when compared to our dense physical structures. Spirits can, and do, bump into each other in the spirit realms because they are solid relative to each other.

Life in the spirit world is much like life in our dense physical world, except that there are certain freedoms that come with having a less dense body. The ability to levitate is one such freedom and, better still, spirits can project themselves almost instantly to another location and suddenly appear there. It just takes mental focus and – whoosh – they appear at the target location.

You don’t see people wearing spectacles in the spirit world because their sense of sight works as a direct perception rather than through their eyes in the way that we use our eyes. They can focus telescopically on distant objects to make them appear near, and they can focus microscopically on a nearby object, right down to its atomic structure. Their sense of hearing, too, can be focused to pick up sounds at great distances.

When we in the physical world are able to replicate the principles behind ‘astral projection’, we, too, will have instant transportation to other locations. Then, it’ll be bye-bye to cars, trucks, trains, planes and rocket ships.

5th density is the start of non-physical existence, so your soul is a non-physical sphere of consciousness. It has the freedom to relocate both in time and space but it spends most of its time catering to the needs of its physical, incarnate self.

In 5th density, when one soul meets another they recognize each other, not from any physical appearance, but from their unique signature vibration. Each soul emits a unique signature tone which is a form of mental energy that is perceived as a subtle sound.

Your soul is the recorder and cataloger of all of your experiences as you add your contribution to the vast array of human experience on earth. A major portion of your soul consciousness lives right here in 3rd density with you, tending to your every spiritual need. As your inner self, your soul knows you better than anyone else in the world does, and it’s available for consultation 24/7. The limiting factor is how much your physical mind will allow and accept intuitive, soul-originated thoughts.

In order to live a life inspired by intuitive, inner wisdom you need only make a decision to do just that. Open up your awareness to the whisperings of your intuitive nature. Practice following your innermost hunches. Make a note of them so that you can look back later and see how accurate they have become.

Don’t be deterred if your hunches seem inaccurate during your early attempts. It happens that way to most people. Just keep practicing and very soon your hunches will start turning into a resource so valuable that you’ll wonder what you did without it.

Owen Waters is the author of Higher Consciousness: Finding Peace and Joy Above the Noise.

Tell a friend…

by Dreama Vance

December 21st is Winter Solstice for the northern hemisphere. It is my most favorite day of the entire year!

Yin energy is at its peak and calls us to settle down with a warm cup of herbal tea and reflect on the past year. It calls us inside ourselves to contemplate, meditate, and rest in the reassurance of the Presence.

You can feel this energy pulling you. The energy calls you inward. It is one of the reasons we experience so much stress during this time of the year. We are running around madly, busy as can be, exactly opposite of what the energies of Nature are calling us to do. When we are in harmony with the Earth and her energies, we move into flow and grace. Stop and rest today. Be still and quiet your mind and allow reflection.

I have been reflecting during Winter Solstice for several years now. As I reflect on the past year, a single word or phrase will come to consciousness that identifies the energy of the year just lived. It will be the theme or topic of experience that life has given me in my journey.

QiGong by Sifu Anthony

In January of this year, I started a new Qigong course with a new teacher. One of the many benefits of this class was I actually started practicing every day! It is absolutely amazing what practicing every day does, no matter what skill or habit you are trying to develop. I have been studying Qigong for many years now, but my practice was inconsistent. So I can speak of the difference that I see as a result of daily practice for almost a year now. It is like the difference between night and day! In fact, I would say I have learned more and benefited more from this past year than all of the previous years combined, just because I practiced every day!

This one concept, “Practice Every Day,” has such profound impact, that I hope you will take it to heart and apply it in your own life to what you are working to develop.

Applying this “practice every day” to daily meditation is life changing!

One of the benefits I noticed both in my Qigong practice and in my meditation practice is this: Your practice changes from something you “make yourself do” to something you love doing! It happens rather quickly, too. Can you imagine loving meditation?

Here’s the second benefit from daily practice both in Qigong and meditation: The benefits from each begin to build exponentially. Daily practice carries more impact than the same number of days practiced randomly.

The third benefit is this: What you learn and achieve begins to move out into your daily life. In other words, the benefits that you experience during the practice of Qigong or during your meditation don’t just last during that time period. Those benefits begin to grow and blossom and they start to manifest in the rest of your daily life. Your life begins to reflect more peace. You find yourself remaining calm in spite of discord. You find yourself responding with compassion instead of aggravation when others are ranting.

It is amazing really!

This concept of daily practice has expanded into other areas of my life once I figured out the many benefits. You start your daily practice with small, easy, doable short periods of practice. With Qigong, I started with two minute drills and, with meditation, you can start with three to five minute periods. This is your foundation. Soon you will find yourself naturally expanding the time without effort. You can start just about any habit this way. The key is establishing the habit. To do this, practice every day. That is the goal – every day practice – not how long you practice. Like I said, the time will increase naturally as you practice daily.

You can do this with just about anything you want to develop, like an exercise program, or journaling, meditation, or even cleaning the closet! You can even create changes in your diet, like with my favorite, starting a daily juice program!

Daily practice has been the theme running throughout my past year and indeed, the results are so powerful that I will continue to use this technique when starting anything new in my life. The energies of the year are never discarded in the new year, but instead, they add to the wisdom of our experience of life and continue to light our way.

I hope you will take the time this Solstice to go within and allow Spirit to reveal what your word or phrase has been this year so you may explore what you have learned and the wisdom you have gained.

As we reach the tipping point of inner, still, Yin energy, it begins to flow into Yang. May your word or phrase of this past year be a light to the beginning new Yang energies as they start to become active and begin to flow as we move into the New Year.

Many, many blessings to you!

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Spiritual aliveness is the result of making your spirituality the day’s number one priority. Achieving this is fairly simple – as simple as being aware of one or two secrets of the universe and then setting your intention for each day.

Life is an expression of your spiritual self. You are here to gain experience on a grand scale. The small details of daily existence may not seem important, but they are all threads in the grand scheme of the life that you, as your inner self, planned before you were born.

It makes sense, therefore, to begin each day by becoming charged with the best supply of life energy available. Then you can make the most of each day’s experiences as they unfold. Life energy, or etheric energy, is the main energy transmitted by the Sun. The Sun also radiates physical energy, such as light and heat, but the amount of physical energy pales in comparison to the amount of life-supporting, etheric energy which courses through our bodies.

At dawn each day, the Sun brings a great change to your local environment. The swing from darkness to light at dawn causes a turbulence in the ethers as the life energy in the atmosphere reorganizes itself for a day of new activity. Sunrise is the time of nature’s awakening. It is the best possible time to recharge yourself for each new day of activity. Even if the sky is cloudy, the universal life energy comes streaming through your environment.

By beginning your day with a connection to the Sun’s energy, you are actually aligning with the natural system of Creation. Infinite Being constantly feeds the universe with life energy in order to maintain all motion in the universe. Infinite Being sends the energy needed to maintain life through the central sun of the universe. From there, it works its way through the central suns of the galaxies and then through the suns of each solar system. Local suns radiate physical energy in addition to life energy.

In a world where people’s main focus on life comes through their five physical senses, the Sun takes on a great significance.

The Sun is the closest thing to Infinite Being, the essence of God, within our sight.

What better way to start your day, than to breath in the power of this mighty orb as it awakens you and your surroundings to the energy of the new day?

Here’s how to achieve this, with one simple addition to the Infinite Being Meditation technique:

On each in-breath, visualize white light, representing life energy from the Sun, coming into your body via your nostrils. See this white light as filling your entire body every time you inhale.

This fills your whole being with extra life energy because air is a carrier medium for etheric energy. Etheric energy is highly responsive to directed mental pressure so, once the air is inside your lungs, the power of your visualization can be used to direct the life energy to fill your entire body. The energy will automatically follow your mental direction.

Here is the Infinite Being Meditation technique, revised to include the life energy charging technique:

1. Focus your attention on the slow, even flow of breath as it passes in and out of your nostrils.

2. Visualize each in-breath as white light filling your body. Then, at the top of each in-breath, mentally repeat once the affirmation “I am Infinite Being.”

3. On the out-breath, allow your attention to follow the flow of air from your nostrils. To induce an immediate calming effect, slow each out-breath and allow it to take longer than each in-breath.

4. Hold the breath out of the body for a short time. In this quiet space, don’t think, just be. Become quietly aware of thoughts and impressions that may arise from your inner self. The end of each breath cycle thus becomes your personal communion space with your inner being.

5. Return to active intention by starting the breath cycle again at step 1.

Start each day with a twenty-minute meditation and charging session. Start ten minutes before dawn. If dawn is at, say, approximately 7:10 am, then you would plan to start your day with meditation from 7:00 – 7:20 am.

Reorganize your daily schedule around the most important natural event of the day. The deeper connection to your inner being is well worth the effort. At least once a week, check when sunrise occurs by referring to the news media, or to weather sites such as weather.com. Then you can be in tune with the greatest cosmic forces of revitalization that occur each and every day.

Make meditation at dawn your number one priority of the day. Then everything that follows will be more energized and more in tune with who you really are.

Energetically, the highlight of every day is dawn. It is truly a magical time.

* Owen Waters’ latest book, Higher Consciousness: Finding Peace and Joy Above the Noise, is available in paperback and e-book format, at:
https://infinitebeing.com/ebooks/higher.htm

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Last week’s article, The Healing Power of Spiritual Light, defined the natures of spiritual light and spiritual darkness.

It stated that spiritual darkness is the absence of spiritual light. Spiritual darkness itself is not real. It is merely an absence of something that is real. Evil is an illusion because a shadow is not a real thing. Light is the real thing. A shadow is really no more than an illusion caused by the absence of light.

This article raised two main questions. One was for clarification about which chakra light flows through in the second law of spiritual light. The other was to ask why people suffer at all.

The Laws of Spiritual Light, again, are:

1. The transformative ability of spiritual light is proportional to the frequency of the consciousness used to project it.

2. The amount of spiritual light projected is proportional to the degree of openness of the chakra through which it flows.

Spiritual light law number two refers to the chakra face which is in use at the time, and it depends upon the frequency of consciousness in use at the time. In my book, The Shift: the Revolution in Human Consciousness, I reveal the twelve faces of the seven major chakras.

Chakra faces are gateways of thought – thoughts that come into you from the global mind atmosphere and from you, back out into the global mind atmosphere. Your frequency of consciousness, at any moment in time, determines which chakra face will be used as the active gateway.

Basically, your chakra system is like a receiving and transmitting radio station, only with frequencies of consciousness. What you do with the consciousness as it flows through you, and is changed by you, is your contribution to the state of the global mind atmosphere.

Much of Western society today functions, on average, through the higher of the two solar plexus chakra faces. This is face number five, which is intellectual-active in function and expresses itself through physical achievement.

Heartfelt consciousness is face number six, the lower heart chakra face, which is holistic-receptive in nature and expresses through the consciousness of caring community. Heart-powered consciousness is the upper heart chakra face, which is holistic-active and expresses itself as a sense of responsible freedom.

Your frequency of consciousness can vary from minute to minute. If you are in a healthy state of unconditional love and acceptance, you are functioning in heart-centered consciousness. If you turn on today’s television news, however, you will soon be tempted to drop into polarity consciousness. While unconditional love is a function of unity and harmony, polarity consciousness – which was named after the opposite poles of a magnet – generates separation, tension and conflict.

Why People Suffer

We live in a world filled with many kinds of darkness, none of which would exist if people were already following their spiritual hearts instead of the illusion of separation.

This world of illusion is constructed so that people appear to be separate from each other. In reality, we are all one.

This world of illusion is constructed so that we reflect on our memories and plan for tomorrow. In reality, time is an illusion that is manufactured in order for dramas to play out. The only reality is now. Now is the only time you have the power to effect change.

This world of illusion is constructed so that people are orphaned from their spiritual source. In reality, we are that source, looking at the created universe from an infinite variety of perspectives.

The great treasure of life in a world of free will is that we eventually learn to stand on our own two feet as self-empowered sparks of that source from which we came.

Once upon a ‘time,’ before time existed, we volunteered to leave our spiritual home and descend into the acute focus which is provided by these dense realms of physicality. After we have worked through the illusions of this theater of life we will become self-empowered spiritual sparks, tempered in the fire of acute experience.

There is a tradition that says that it is hard to complete the cycle of continual rebirth on planet Earth. That idea came into being simply because the time was not yet ripe for The Shift.

The Cosmic Scale of The Shift

Today, the rules are changing. As The Shift unfolds, people are finding themselves faced with imminent transformation into the heart-centered reality that we call the New Reality. The Shift is not confined to planet Earth, nor even to our solar system. It is a transformation which is cosmic in scale. The ethers are alive with an ever-increasing pull which beckons humanity back towards the spiritual home from which we came.

In the cosmic scale of time, today’s phase of the New Reality will pass by in the mere blink of an eye. The New Reality, today’s emerging heart-centered consciousness, is a link to that which lies beyond. In this accelerated cosmic environment, humanity will spend mere centuries in passing through the current New Reality and completing our adventure in physical existence.

As we master heart-centered consciousness, our physical bodies will become lighter in density. We will work through the joy of reconnection with our spiritual source, eventually leaving physicality behind. The only mystery remaining will be why humanity took so long to reach that place of active harmony and joyful expression.

Then, we will return to our spiritual home, very different than before, and very much wiser than when we originally left.

*For further insights into the healing power of spiritual light, see Owen Waters’ book, Higher Consciousness, which is now available in paperback and e-book format at:
https://www.infinitebeing.com/ebooks/higher.htm

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

The Buddha spent many years trying to understand evil and suffering. He eventually concluded that the only real power in the universe is the all-pervasive consciousness of Source, as experienced by all masters who reach nirvana. The world of outer form is illusion in comparison and therefore has little or no power.

He then went on to counsel people to adopt the middle way in order to avoid being sucked into illusion and bringing suffering upon themselves. He saw attachment to things of the world as the source of suffering, so he advised people to be a part of the world, yet not attached to it.

Even though many of today’s teachers quietly ignore the nature of the ultimate state of nirvana, the words of the Buddha still ring as true today as they did 2,500 years ago. And yet… times have changed.

Today’s level of popular consciousness is far beyond that of the relatively dark times of 2,500 years ago. Today, detachment is still excellent advice, but now we can do so much more to consciously transform the old ways of darkness.

Physical darkness is the absence of physical light. The darkness itself is not real. It is merely an absence of something that is real. Likewise, spiritual darkness is the absence of spiritual light. Spiritual darkness itself is not real. It is merely an absence of something that is real.

Evil is an illusion because a shadow is not a real thing. Light is the real thing. A shadow is an illusion caused by the absence of light. The only reality, the only real power, is light itself.

Darkness can only exist in hiding from the light. When light shines in, it dissipates the darkness, making it obvious where the real power lies. Evil has no power in itself. It is only a lack of light. The real power is, and always has been, with the light and not with the shadow.

If you sense darkness, add light.

If you sense pain, add the light of healing energy.

If you sense hatred, add the light of love.

If you sense despair, add the light of hope and trust in the goodness of that source from which we came and that to which we are returning.

The Nature of Spiritual Light

Spiritual light, in its fundamental form, is the omnipresent consciousness of the Creator. When intertwined with the unconditional love of the Creator and set into motion, it manifests as the universe.

Filters can block spiritual light. Such filters include fear, hatred, judgment, conflict and despair. That which engenders any of these is, therefore, promoting darkness. Darkness in consciousness affects mind, body and spirit.

When spiritual light is channeled through the human mind, it adds to the light of the world. Darkness can be healed through the addition of spiritual light.

While spiritual light is universally available in all frequencies, it has to flow through human consciousness in order to affect the human realm of consciousness. The effectiveness of sending healing spiritual light into an area that needs it is subject to the following two laws.

The Laws of Spiritual Light

1. The transformative ability of spiritual light is proportional to the frequency of the consciousness used to project it.

Explanation: Conditioning the intent with any agenda lowers the frequency. Projecting pure spiritual light for the unconditioned purpose of healing humanity raises the frequency and the potential.

2. The amount of spiritual light projected is proportional to the degree of openness of the chakra through which it flows.

Explanation: Your thoughts flow from you to the outside world through the appropriate chakra. Spiritual practices develop the chakras, increasing your capability as a channel for spiritual light.

*For further insights into the healing power of spiritual light, see Owen Waters’ book Higher Consciousness, which is available in paperback and e-book format at:
https://www.infinitebeing.com/ebooks/higher.htm

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

When I was a child in Sunday School classes, I was taught to view God as someone very personal. We were given an image of a human-like God who personally watched over each and every one of us.

That was long before the Hubble Space Telescope started to show us how incredibly huge the universe is. In the decades since, our appreciation of the size of the universe has increased enormously. Likewise, our view of the size of God has increased enormously.

Today, we realize that God, as an omnipresent being, must be at least the size of the entire universe. By current estimates, the universe contains over a hundred billion galaxies, each one containing an estimated two hundred billion suns. That means that there are countless trillions of planets, each one filled with the all-pervasive presence of that which created them. This brings us to today’s prevalent spiritual dilemma.

With God’s presence being so far-reaching, how can there be any semblance of the personal attention that we were taught to expect from a father-like God image? Today, you are left wondering whether God is, (a) personal, or (b) so large in scale as to be infinitely impersonal. Surely, one idea would exclude the other.

Or would it? A paradox is something that contains opposite statements and yet both are true. The secret to solving paradoxes is to start using the word ‘and’ instead of ‘or.’ The question is not whether God is infinitely large or personal. The question becomes, how can God be infinite in size and personal as well?

The answer lies within the Paradox of Infinite Being. The term Infinite Being is used here as the ultimate concept of God. The word Infinite, as in omnipresent. The word Being, as in omniscient awareness. Infinite Being is the perfect, unchanging consciousness behind all of Creation.

Because Infinite Being is consciousness, and nothing but consciousness, it is appropriate to note here that nothing in Creation is anything but consciousness in one form or another. Energy is simply a compressed form of consciousness set into motion. Matter is energy. Therefore matter is a form of consciousness. It can’t be any other way, because consciousness is the only tool with which Infinite Being has to work. We are a dream within the mind of the Creator. The universe was created within the consciousness of Infinite Being.

I remember being told in a science class at school that space must be infinite in size because there couldn’t be anything beyond the end of space; therefore, it had to go on forever. It didn’t sound right at the time, and now I know why. Space is actually finite, because it was created within Infinite Being. The created must be less than its creator in size, therefore space must be less than infinite in size. Beyond the envelope of space lies that which created it.

In order to create the universe, Infinite Being divided the ‘waters’ – its consciousness – into two aspects: Creator and Preserver. In the West, we are used to thinking of the Creator as God the Father, while the Preserver aspect is called the Holy Spirit. In the East, the names are different but the principles are exactly the same. For example, the Hindu name for the Creator aspect is Brahma, while Vishnu represents the aspect that preserves and sustains the universe. Stories of Creation from all over the world share the common thread of two complementary aspects coming together to bring light into existence.

The two aspects of Creator and Preserver were set into complementary motion in order to manifest the universe. Through the interaction of these two aspects of original consciousness, the universe was formed and, along with it, the capability for Infinite Being to view itself from an infinite number of viewpoints.

The human race today represents approximately seven billion different viewpoints of the one Source. According to the rules of the human adventure, we were born with spiritual amnesia. We have forgotten our inner connection. The challenge of the game is to discover and consciously reconnect with that to which, in reality, we are and always were connected. Self-awareness and free will are included in the rules of the game. The illusion of separateness from each other is created by an intense focus upon life in an outer, physical world, as viewed by the five senses. People are free to choose to interact with other people in the ways that they see best.

People can even choose to believe that they are separate from that ultimate Source to which they are connected. Atheism, therefore, is not a lack of belief. It’s a belief in something that isn’t so. If you have an inbuilt connection to God, yet believe that you don’t, you are expressing a belief, not a lack of one.

Mystics and Masters talk of experiencing a sense of oneness with the infinite while in deep meditation. Those who can go still deeper into the realms of consciousness report that there is more to it than just a feeling of oneness. Deep within, you aren’t so much an individual who is as one with Infinite Being. You are Infinite Being!

You are Infinite Being, observing itself through the one viewpoint that is you. You aren’t a part of Infinite Being. You are Infinite Being, acting from one specific point of view. Likewise, every sentient being is also Infinite Being, looking at itself from their own unique points of view.

The solution to the Paradox of Infinite Being is that, while we are a part of an immense universe of almost unlimited proportions, we are also Infinite Being itself. As you experience life through your eyes and ears and senses, you are Infinite Being, acting through yet another viewpoint of the infinite variety of life. Every fiber of your body is Infinite Being, every dream that you manifest is Infinite Being in action, every tear of joy that you shed in the finer experiences of life is a tear shed by Infinite Being in its form as you.

You can be closer to God than ever before when you realize that every part of your body, mind and spirit is God. Even in this strange world where we appear to be separate from everyone else, the conscious awareness of the presence of God is a mere thought away.

*Owen Waters is the author of Freedom of the Spirit: Four Powerful Steps to Spiritual Freedom.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Try the World Healing Technique now and see what a difference it makes to your spiritual life, both immediately and as an uplifting reaction in the following days.

There’s nothing quite as uplifting as starting your day by sending healing energy to the world. It brightens your day and makes it feel good to be alive.

This is how: Sit upright, preferably with your hands resting in your lap, palms facing upwards. Breathe rhythmically and evenly. Close your eyes and turn away from your everyday thoughts by letting your attention focus on your breath. Whenever you notice your thoughts wandering, peacefully turn away from those thoughts, which can always be dealt with later, and return to focusing on your breath.

Recognize your spiritual nature. Know that you are a spiritual being living in a physical world and ask God or the Universal Spirit for the life energy that you are about to use. Give gratitude to the Creator for universal life energy, for everything that you love about your life, and for existence itself. This connection to higher consciousness will amplify your efforts many times.

Take several breaths. With each in-breath, visualize life energy coming into your body, building into a vibrant white light within you and charging every cell of your being with its life-giving energy.

First, visualize the positive change that you want to bring into being in the world. Even though you are healing something that you perceive as negative, it is important to focus, instead, on the desired positive outcome. If you send energy to something negative, you will amplify its power. By sending energy conditioned for a positive outcome, you make that form of healing possible.

For example, in your mind’s eye, instead of a world suffering from strife, visualize the people of the world at peace. When you think of world peace, what is the first symbol that springs to mind – a crowd of happy children, a white dove of peace taking flight? Use that symbol, or, if pictures don’t easily come to mind, simply use the words, world peace, as the focus for your intention.

In the case of a specific war or threat of war, send inspiration, upliftment, and spiritual power to the peace negotiators. Even though you will likely not know their names, there are always peacemakers as well as warmongers. They are the key to ending any ongoing conflict in a way that saves people from untold suffering. So, send your energy to support the peacemakers.

In the case of a flu pandemic, see the world filled with people who are vibrant in their good health, smiling and moving around, breathing freely in the open air.

Or, instead of seeing spiritual ignorance and the suffering that it prolongs, visualize people who are becoming enlightened by spiritual understanding. Use the first picture that comes to mind or the words, world enlightenment.

Or, as yet another example, instead of seeing people displaced and distraught from a recent catastrophe, you could see aid workers being successful in their efforts to bring relief and medical assistance to those people, or use the words, energy to the aid workers.

Now, we’re ready to use the inbreath-outbreath cycle to transmit healing energy for the specified purpose. With every inbreath, see your lungs being filled with the vibrant white light of universal life energy.

With every outbreath, send the power of this love and light out to humanity. Direct it as a beam of brilliant white light from your heart chakra out into the world, holding the intention of healing. You can enhance the effect even more by sending energy out from the palms of your hands as well as from your heart.

Perform this as a series of inbreaths and outbreaths for as long as you wish, then relax and spend some time in the afterglow of a spiritual mission well accomplished.

These are the days of action, and that means service to others. Even better, your service to others also helps you in your own spiritual enlightenment. Action and reaction are opposite and equal.

Every time you send your light out into the world, you take another step forward towards your own enlightenment.

The World Healing Technique in Summary

Sit upright with your eyes closed.
Make a spiritual connection, one which includes gratitude for life.
Intend world healing by visualizing the desired positive outcome.
Breathe in life energy with each inbreath.
On each outbreath, repeat your intention and send a beam of white light from your heart to your intended destination.
Keep going for 20 minutes or as long as you can. You’ll do the world a power of good!

*To read the fascinating biography of Master of Karma Yoga George King, the original creator of this world-transforming technique, see The King Who Came to Earth.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Dimension is a term often used to refer to other realms of existence, but it can cause confusion in that the word dimension also refers to measurable attributes of this reality such as time or space measurements; for example, length or width.

Other realms of existence could be more descriptively called densities, levels or density levels. In the light of emerging knowledge, I recommend that people avoid potential confusion by using the words density or density level instead of dimension to describe a vibrational level of existence.

The lowest density level of manifestation for Planet Earth currently is third density (3D), the regular physical form to which we are accustomed. There are lower density levels, but they only apply to the frequency of consciousness of basic items like rocks and subatomic particles. Their location level is still 3D, right here with you and me.

First density (1D) is the level of consciousness of the basic physical elements and objects that are called ‘inanimate’ by many people, such as rocks and crystals. Because all objects in the universe are composed of compressed divine consciousness, they all have a sense of awareness at some level. For example, physics experiments have shown that when subatomic particles collide and separate, they continue to remember each other and act out their connected relationship.

Second density (2D) is the level of consciousness of biological existence – of plants and wild animals, even though their physical forms are located in the 3D realm. As 3D is currently the lowest level where the earth maintains a physical body, there is no 2D version of Earth below us.

Third density (3D) is currently home to physical human beings. It is a realm of self-aware identity and intellectual development. While your physical body is currently located in third density, your mind is free to roam to other frequencies or density levels of awareness.

Fourth density (4D) is home to spirits in the afterlife and it can also support physical humans. There are numerous sub-realms of existence within fourth density, with the lower sub-realms being more dense than the higher sub-realms.

While spirit or “astral” beings are ethereal and ghost-like relative to us, they are solid to each other, so they are correctly referred to as quasi-physical rather than nonphysical beings. Those who inhabit the realms of the afterlife in spirit bodies experience relative freedom as their quasi-physical spirit bodies respond easily to their mental direction. Spirit beings find it easy to levitate and they can instantly relocate to a desired destination.

They can also create quasi-physical objects using the pressure of mental energy applied to the universal supply of etheric energy. They call these objects thought forms and a well-made thought form will exist for more than a year without any further attention before it dissolves back into the surroundings as etheric energy. With regular attention, it will stay in existence as long as it is important to someone.

Fifth density (5D) is home to soul consciousness and is a nonphysical realm of spiritual light and sound energies. Traditionally, 5D is referred to as the higher mental realms. Although souls are perceived as separate individuals in 5D, just as we are in the physical realm, they are also fully attuned to their connectedness with each other. Soul bodies are nonphysical fields of higher mental energy. Your soul can also be referred to as your higher self or as the superconscious aspect of your total field of awareness.

On the day all this changes…

Ascension or rapture to a higher world has long been anticipated. But, today, with global changes accelerating ever faster, we are obviously reaching the climax of change. When it happens, in the blink of an eye, the physical material of the planet and everything upon it will upgrade from 3D to a higher existence, well within the 4D frequency range.

This upgrade to a higher realm of existence became possible in the 1960s (remember how the big changes started back then?) but the collective oversouls of humanity decided to avoid the shock of sudden change and let the changes spin out in a digestible form over several decades.

The day is rapidly approaching when the earth will rise in vibration because everything physical – our bodies, the ground beneath our feet, and everything around us will rise in frequency. Our destination will be the basic realm of heaven and, yet, we will be physical!

To be informed is to be prepared. Discover how mass ascension will happen (it’s not quite as simple as you might expect, and for a very good reason.)

Learn what new human capabilities will emerge and discover what to expect from life in the ascended world. Ascension to a Higher World by Owen Waters is available now at:

https://www.infinitebeing.com/ebooks/ascension.htm

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Fear is the great separator of mind from spirit. While you fear, you are being kept away from the natural power of your divine inner connection. Within human consciousness, love and fear are opposites.

Fear will drive out love. Love will drive out fear. You choose which one you wish to concentrate your focus upon. You choose whether you will give your energy to love or to fear. Love is the antidote to fear and it can be brought back to the fore even in the most trying of times.

Giving thanks is the expression of gratitude, and gratitude is one of the most beautiful secrets in spiritual life.

Gratitude is an expression of love, and love is something which flows from the Creator of the universe through all forms of life and all forms of manifestation. Without love, life in the universe cannot exist. Love is the universal force of preservation which holds creation in manifestation.

The Natural Flow of Love

Love is as natural as the universe. By design, there is a tension between the forces of creation and universal love. It is this tension which controls the size of the universe, holding it within its envelope. It is this tension which regulates the size of an electron’s orbit around a nucleus. It is universal love which forms the force of attraction which retains electrons in their orbits, making atoms possible and therefore the existence of life as we know it.

You can block love, or you can allow it to flow naturally through you. Falling in love with another person is an allowance of the flow of love through your heart. In a world where everything has the appearance of separateness, it is a surrender to the underlying unity of all life. It is a place of apparent vulnerability, a willingness to take the risk that the illusion of separation will once again return if that love is later lost.

When you allow your heart to open to the universe’s flow of love, gratitude comes with that flow. Gratitude for being alive, for just existing, for just being in the flow of the adventure of life. Gratitude for the Sun that gives us life. Gratitude for the Earth that gives us our home in the cosmos. Gratitude for the people that you love, and for those who share your journey through life.

Gratitude flows unimpeded from an open heart. When you allow it, it flows as freely as the sunshine, unobstructed by judgments or conditions.

Quality of Life

Use the following affirmation. Keep repeating it while, each time, thinking more and more of what the words mean. It adds new meaning to the words, “Quality of life.”

It really works! Try it now.

Gratitude affirmation

I am grateful for life
And all that I love
I am grateful for the Earth
And the Sun up above
I am grateful for my spirit
And my inner being
For the One that is within
And the joy of this feeling

*Owen Waters is the author of Ascension to a Higher World, which will prepare you for the climactic event of The Shift!

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Whenever you step firmly into heart-centered consciousness, your awareness immediately becomes more connected to your inner source of intuition. Through intuition, you become aware of information about people, places and events that springs from the essence of those people, places and events. This information is not delivered through the outside senses, although it may unfold within you at the same time that you receive sensory information.

While visual information relates only to the sense of sight, intuitive information includes much more. It includes all sensory information – sight, hearing, touch, smell and taste – and, in addition to that, the thoughts, feelings and memories that are relevant to the situation.

First impressions are more than just visual. They are intuitive as well. When you are about to meet a person for the first time and you are approaching them, you will receive a visual impression and your consciousness will also receive impressions about the nature of their consciousness, such as their true emotional state. That intuitive stream of information will come into your awareness alongside the visual stream and, if you are aware that it exists, you can add the intuitive information to your conscious impression of the person.

Everyone receives this intuitive information stream unconsciously, but, for it to arrive in your conscious mind, you have to:

1) Be aware that it exists.

2) Be open to receiving it.

The more you practice having an openness to intuitive information, the more this will develop.

Most people are not aware of their mental and emotional transmissions. In a crowd of people, these transmissions add together and there is as much mental noise as there is physical noise. As you become more in tune with your inner senses, you will find that, on some occasions, it’s better not to access your intuitive information for a time, just to give yourself some peace from the volume of mental noise.

At night, when you travel out-of-body in the spirit realms, communication is different than when you are awake in your physical body. The natural method of communication in your spirit body is to exchange information with others via thought. In the spirit world, people naturally know when to open for a communication and when to close down their thought transmissions again. There, you sense when a person ‘opens’ to you and sends a mental greeting, or when they are ‘closed’ and not offering any communication.

In daily life, first impressions are intuitive as well as visual. The reception of such information is automatic, but the conscious mind misses this information feed when it is focused entirely upon the external world.

Be more aware of your own intuitive information. Be open to it. Then, it will flow right into your conscious mind along with the visual information that your conscious mind is receiving.

Owen Waters is the author of Love, Light, Laughter: The New Spirituality.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

In “The Book of Secrets,” Deepak Chopra updates the Vedic spiritual paths in a way which aligns these paths with the modern Western lifestyle.

According to the Vedic tradition, each person can choose from four paths to obtain unity consciousness. The word ‘yoga’ is an ancient Sanskrit word meaning “union with God.” The four paths, or yogas, seek unity through thinking, feeling, acting and being. They are traditionally called:

Jnana (“G’ya-na”) Yoga – thinking: The path to unity through knowledge.
Bhakti Yoga – feeling: The path to unity by loving devotion to God.
Karma Yoga – acting: The path to unity through selfless action.
Raja Yoga – being: The path to unity through meditation and renunciation.

People may pursue one or more paths at once. In fact, Raja Yoga, which literally means “The King of the Yogas,” embraces aspects of all the other three paths. It achieves this by the fact that meditation transcends and includes the end result of what the other paths – thinking, feeling, and acting – are trying to reach, which is the essence of being.

You could say that meditation is a short-cut to spiritual union, or unity consciousness. Instead of working through actions, thoughts and feelings, you go right to the end result and become enlightened by inner awareness, by inner beingness.

The Four Paths to Spiritual Unity

1. Thinking

The path of knowledge begins with concentration upon a subject or an object. When long, focused attention is given to a subject or object, intuitive information begins to enter into your awareness. While intuition is your link to inner guidance, it can also provide knowledge directly from a physical object via the subtle senses. For example, if you saw a piece of previously-owned jewelry for sale, you could pick it up and feel it in your hands through your physical sense of touch. At the same time, with a little focus and some quiet time, your subtle sense of touch could enable the transfer of the object’s memory into your awareness. Intuition is the gateway to inner connection and the wisdom that it brings. By following the thread of knowledge, through intuition and then deeper into your inner connection, you experience glimpses of the unity consciousness within.

2. Feeling

The path of feeling is traditionally thought of as one of devotion to God. Deepak Chopra defines it more lucidly as love in its various expressions – the love of self and family evolving into the unconditional love of humanity.

Then, in its highest expression, the yearning heart finds fulfillment when the individual reaches for unity with God, with the heart of Creation.

3. Acting

The path of acting is traditionally one of monastic service. Again, Deepak Chopra updates this definition with a practical, modern interpretation. Right action, he says, is action guided by a force beyond the ego. Personal attachment to your own actions gives way to nonattachment through performing God’s actions, or inwardly, spiritually-inspired actions. This eventually leads to fulfillment, he points out, when your surrender is so complete that God runs everything you do.

The path of acting can be recognized in today’s popular idea of following your inner joy, i.e. your inner, spiritually-inspired path of action. Your ‘dharma’ brings your destiny. Dharma is your inner path based upon your inner nature, your pattern of existence over many incarnations. If, deep down, you are an artist, a musician, a poet or a scientist, then that is probably your dharma, your inner pathway to spiritual consciousness – the one that you explore in every incarnation when the opportunity arises. It is vital to know your personal destiny, your personal path. Meditation will reveal it, and keep filling in the details, as you follow your unique personal path back to spiritual unity.

4. Being

The path of being, Deepak Chopra says, is a cultivation of self beyond ego. A growing awareness of the “I Am” presence within, your pure and simple inner sense of existence.

There is a renunciation aspect to this path, and he redefines that as renouncing your old perceptions, rather than renouncing your possessions. These days, let’s face it, it would be a little hard for most people to get to work with no car and no clothes!

Possessions, he points out, are only an outward expression of what occurs within. Even the ancient tradition of wandering as a monk with a begging bowl is, after all, an outward expression of what has transformed within. When you renounce the belief that the outer world has power over you, then you begin to create your life from your inner joy.

States of being along this path include the realization that your life has a purpose, that you are a unique individual and that you are guided and cared for by your inner self, by your connection with all that is.

These inner realizations dawn and develop when you practice regular, daily meditation. The practice of meditation, as Raja Yoga points out, is the fast track to spiritual awareness.

Be sure to try out our meditation technique which aligns you with the ultimate consciousness state of Infinite Being –

https://www.infinitebeing.com/now/meditation/

Tell a Friend…

by Owen Waters

Today’s massive, ongoing Shift in consciousness is a shift from intellectual awareness to holistic awareness.

Intellectual awareness is a function of the solar plexus chakra, where mental ability is developed in a linear direction. Examples of linear thought include the performing of arithmetic and the operating of machinery. In this mode of consciousness, people have learned to develop a rigid discipline of “seeing is believing” in order to discover what works and what doesn’t.

With holistic awareness, the heart chakra is developed, allowing issues of separation to be resolved and integrated. Holistic awareness means that mind, body & spirit are seen as closely related facets of the human being. This heart-centered awareness is a viewpoint of integration or wholeness which heals the fears and discords that come with solar plexus consciousness.

There is a paradox with moving from linear intellect to heart-centered consciousness. While the intellectual phase of consciousness may say that “Seeing is believing,” the holistic phase requires quite the reverse. In holistic consciousness, opposites are often both true as they are seen as opposite sides of the same coin or as polar opposites of the same issue.

Awareness that is limited to the intellect is subject to issues of separation; of us versus them, of struggling for resources that are perceived as scarce instead of solving the problem of their scarcity. Holistic awareness includes the idea that consciousness creates realities, that something must be created in consciousness – “believed” – before they can become a reality.

So, in holistic consciousness, “Believing is seeing” becomes a statement of truth, even though it is the opposite of “Seeing is believing.” Instead, it adds the understanding that reality is created by consciousness. We are not merely observers of what is. We create what is.

Traditionally, people have entered a realm of holistic, heart-centered awareness when they pass on from this life. In the afterlife, their task is to heal the fears and hates of their physical lives and transform them into love and forgiveness, thus integrating themselves with others, rather than feeling separate from them.

Today, due to The Shift, more and more people are embracing holistic, heart-centered consciousness while still alive in physical bodies. As the heart is also the gateway to spiritual consciousness, this global movement is producing a revolution in spiritual unfoldment.

Spiritual consciousness is flowering in the global consciousness of humanity as The Shift progresses. Today’s pioneers in consciousness are people just like yourself. They are exploring the new territory of unconditional love and experiencing a reunion with their own inner, spiritual connections.

The higher aspect of heart-centered consciousness is fully connected to your inner being or soul. Your inner being is fully connected to the consciousness of the universe and to that which created the universe.

The daily focus that we apply to our five senses and their connection to the outside world is just like performing a part in a play. We act out the part of being us, along the general theme of the type of events that we planned for this life. We ride along through the journey of this life, gaining the type of experiences that we planned to gain.

When you open up to your heart, and through that, go beyond and reconnect to your own spiritual source, then you have become a part of the very future of humanity.

Despite attempts by some to slow down this divinely-ordained Shift, we are rapidly heading toward a world where unconditional love and acceptance is normal, where strife is relegated to the distant past, and where the true potential of human beings can express itself in the daily joy of being all that you are.

The Shift to higher consciousness has entered its final phase. Its rapidly-approaching conclusion will change the frequency everything, even the ground beneath your feet!

For in-depth information on how this will happen, read my book, Ascension to a Higher World.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Old ideas give way to new ones. Old barriers, sooner or later, crumble and fade away.

One idea that is crumbling today is the idea that nothing in the universe can go faster than lightspeed. This will be replaced by a recognition that thought travels many thousands of times faster than lightspeed – at the speed of thought in free space, or thoughtspeed.

In the early Star Trek series on television, the mission of the Starship Enterprise was to explore the universe and boldly go where no one has gone before. The Enterprise was able to exceed light speed; quite considerably, it would seem, as it was supposed to have traveled to the edge of the Milky Way galaxy in just a few hours. The cruising speed actually required for such a fast journey is millions of times lightspeed.

Science fiction is often a medium for possibility thinking. The possibility of humans touring the galaxy and beyond seems eminently reasonable. After all, human potential is, by design, unlimited. There is no way in creation that the universe can be just a set of pretty lights that we never get to explore!

Today, the shift towards recognizing thoughtspeed is just beginning. Faster-than-light phenomena are being observed by today’s physicists when they see the effects of subatomic particles communicating with each other. When a subatomic particle bumps into another one, they become ‘friends’ and carry on communicating with each other. The fact that they then become separated by millions of miles does not reduce their willingness to communicate. When something happens to one particle, it lets the other particle know about it and, in pure empathy, it reacts in a like manner.

We know from the work of insightful pioneers like biologist Rupert Sheldrake that telepathy works, but how fast does it work? As thoughts are nonphysical, they certainly are not limited by lightspeed. The question is, how much faster than light is the speed of thought in free space? It is likely thousands of times, and possibly millions of times, faster.

In 2013, scientists used the latest in high-speed measuring devices to gain an idea of how fast energy particles communicate with each other across a 15 km (9 mile) distance. The equipment is still not sophisticated enough to produce a definite figure, but they did determine that the speed of particle communication is at least 10,000 times faster than the speed of light.

What’s next? Send particles over really long distances… like to the Moon? Then, when an earthbound particle reacts at thoughtspeed to its friend’s change of state as it reaches the Moon, you’d have a much better idea of the true speed of thought in free space.

In the 1940s, aircraft were limited to the speed of sound until they found a way through the sound barrier and were then able to travel at supersonic speeds. One day, when our spaceship propulsion drives are capable of accelerating ships to lightspeed, we will find a way for them to break the light barrier.

Then, we won’t be just looking up at the night sky any more. We’ll be flying through it, going where no one has gone before.

*Owen Waters is the author of Freedom of the Spirit: Four Powerful Steps to Spiritual Freedom.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Lightworkers intuitively know which frequencies of consciousness can help them and which could hinder them. Nevertheless, psychologists love to categorize these things, giving them names and numbers.

If you consider that higher consciousness leads the way to the journey home to our ultimate Source, then a scale of frequencies of consciousness could act like a road map helping you on your journey through life. It can even point out potholes in the road ahead.

Psychologist-researcher David R Hawkins (1927-2012) spent many years investigating the effects of the whole frequency range of human consciousness. In his book, Power vs. Force, he assigned numbers to the different frequencies of consciousness, rating world-class avatars like Jesus and Buddha at 1,000 at the top of his scale and then numbers running all the way down to near-zero, somewhere deep in the depths of despair.

The Hawkins Scale was not the first attempt at quantifying levels of consciousness. Professor Clare W. Graves (1914-1986) was another pioneer who thought outside of the box and produced work that led to the 1996 book, Spiral Dynamics. In that eye-opening work, the evolution of society throughout history was defined in levels that started with caveman consciousness and then rose all the way to the modern-day peak of self-actualization.

In my 2005 book, The Shift: The Revolution in Human Consciousness, I compared and matched the levels defined in Spiral Dynamics to the natural frequencies of the human chakra system. Human consciousness is not limited to the brain; it operates through different chakras, providing a frequency-based view of reality. For example, a mathematician loves to operate through the higher aspect of the solar plexus chakra while a caring nurse operates primarily through the lens of their heart chakra.

In The Shift book, I also noted the correlation of the potential twelve stages of Spiral Dynamics with the musical octave. The seven major keys in an octave correlate with the seven major chakras but, when you also take into account the upper and lower faces of the central chakras, you have a total of twelve chakra stages that match all twelve keys in a musical octave.

On his scale of 1 to 1,000, Hawkins rated neutral consciousness at 250. Above that level, humans flourish. Below 250, suffering sets in. As a psychologist, he went into great detail in the varieties of lower consciousness. Courage is rated at 200, but is more appropriately seen as a positive achievement because it is the passport out of the fear-based lower frequencies.

Below 200, Hawkins rates pride and anger, both of which correlate to the frequency of the sacral chakra. Moving down to 100, fear raises its unwelcome head and leads the way down toward grief, apathy, guilt, and shame, all of which resonate to the survival instinct frequency of the base chakra.

Above the 250 neutrality rating, he notes willingness and acceptance, all of which are facets of solar plexus consciousness, as is reason. Recent centuries, since the Renaissance, have been largely devoted to the rise of reason, which is the active expression of the solar plexus chakra. With this expression, dawned the Age of Science and the Industrial Revolution.

Today, with The Shift to higher consciousness accelerating into its critical phase, a large part of humanity is mastering the sense of kindness and helpfulness that comes with heart chakra consciousness, while the leading edge is awakening the intuitive soul connection that lies just beyond that stage.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Spiritual growth is the growing awareness of a higher level of consciousness.

A higher level of consciousness brings an expanded view of reality.

The more your view of reality expands, the more you are able to integrate any conflicting issues within yourself.

Why It Matters Today

Spiritual growth has become such an urgent issue today because the frequency of everyone’s consciousness is rising. People may not be aware that they are growing. They may resist it. They may be in denial that today’s great changes affect them. Nevertheless, these are the days of great change, an era called the Shift.

The Shift is a steady rise in consciousness which affects the entire planet. It is similar to the cultural shift of the Renaissance, only amplified several times over. The Renaissance was merely a practice run for today’s transformation.

The Shift into higher consciousness is propelling today’s search for spirituality and meaning in life. Spiritual growth involves gaining a deeper sense of inner awareness. Deeper awareness ranges from light meditation to a complete and blissful union with your true, inner self.

Exposure to the deeper states of meditation have the long-term effect of raising your everyday level of awareness. The higher the frequency of your consciousness, the more likely you are to see the synchronicity of events in your life and gain intuitive insights into these.

The universal theme playing out on Earth today is shifting from one of separation to one of integration. Integration means learning how to love and accept yourself, and others, completely and unconditionally.

Deeper awareness opens the door to an inner sense of the connectedness of all life. You begin to see other people as different expressions of the same Infinite Being. Not better than, not less than, just different than yourself. In the deeper awareness of spiritual growth, the universe is seen to be within, not something separate and outside of yourself.

Inner integration is a process that causes issues of separation to arise so that they can be resolved. In society today, issues are coming up so rapidly that society appears to be in turmoil or chaos. This turmoil is actually a great society-wide healing, with issues becoming resolved one after another.

People are becoming more sensitive in many ways as the frequency of consciousness rises. The search for lighter diets is just one manifestation of this new lightness of being.

The physical senses are becoming more acute. An example of this is people’s sensitivity to the smell of cigarette smoke in work places and restaurants. Back in the 1970s, people smoked everywhere and very few noticed any discomfort from it. By the 1990s, however, the majority of people’s sensitivity had changed so much that they couldn’t wait to get smoking banned from indoor gathering places.

With the rise in consciousness comes a rise in personal empowerment. People are no longer willing to tolerate abuse or inequality in any form. Many forms of abuse which were traditionally ignored and tolerated have now come out into the public view for examination and reform.

David: Icon of the Renaissance

The Renaissance movement was inspired by the icon of Michelangelo’s statue of David. The statue portrays David, strong-willed and ready, at the moment that he decides to engage the threat posed by Goliath. This icon of personal empowerment resonated with the cultural shift of the time. People wanted to explore their potential, taking personal initiative in their lives.

Before this, they had seen life as a sequence of events caused by a pre-ordained destiny. Up until that time, people had resigned themselves to a flow of events which they saw as being outside of their control.

When people shifted towards the attitude that they might also be pre-ordained to take some personal initiative, everything began to shift. The floodgates of possibility opened up as people began to explore their true potential.

In that same era, people on Earth still thought that their planet was the center of the universe. The Sun was seen as orbiting around the Earth, and the stars were merely a decorative backdrop in the Creator’s sky.

Today, it is known that the universe measures billions of light years across, contains countless billions of galaxies, with each galaxy typically containing billions of suns. The number of planets in the universe is so large that it makes such an expanded view of reality almost impossible to grasp.

When you consider that all of those trillions of planets were created by one Creator, there is an obvious need for today’s concept of God to expand to fill the new reality. Faced with such a massively expanded view of the universe, how are people supposed to grasp the concept of such a huge Creator in a way that makes sense today?

What would David have done? As he faced the looming Philistine giant Goliath and readied his slingshot, to whom did he pray? Did he invoke the power of an external God for his protection? Possibly, but not likely. As portrayed in the Michelangelo statue, his face was set, but not with a need for protection. It was set in a defiance born of inner strength and determination.

The Power Is Within You

Everyone possesses such inner strength. That same source of incredible personal power is available within everyone, and the source is your inner self. Often referred to as the soul, your inner self is the permanent part of you. While the physical body can pass away from the physical world, and later the spirit body can pass away from the spirit world, your inner self is the real, permanent you.

It is the part of you that is permanently joined with your soul family in vibrant love and harmony. The more you contact your inner self through meditation, the more you can tune into this source of strength, love and harmony.

People’s connection to the Infinite Being always has been through their soul, or inner self.

Inner contact through meditation is the most peaceful, and the most productive, part of any day. Everyone deserves quality time. When quality time becomes the first priority of the day, then meditation will happen regularly and the benefits will automatically be yours.

Put meditation at the top of your To Do list for each day and watch your spiritual growth unfold.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Biologist Rupert Sheldrake did enough research on the intuitive powers of pets to fill an entire book. It was called, “Dogs That Know When Their Owners Are Coming Home.”

In it, Sheldrake documented extensive cases of animals’ telepathic communication, awareness of distant events and precognition of danger. His book was written before the December 2004 tsunami which hit the coasts in Southeast Asia. In that disaster, more than 300,000 human beings lost their lives, yet the wild animals all knew to move to higher ground before the tidal wave appeared. In the coastal cleanup, not one wild animal was found drowned.

Pets read the minds of their owners and they also transmit mental pictures, but few pet owners are aware of this. Often, the idea is simply too strange for them to entertain. A former neighbor of mine was a retired family doctor. He was perplexed that his dog insisted on walking on one particular side of his quiet side street and would always refuse to cross over to the other side when the owner wanted him to. One day, he was telling my wife about this mystery and she said, “Why don’t you ask the dog why he does that? Use telepathy.”

The doctor looked at her, agape, like she’d just landed from Mars. Then, he composed himself and mumbled something about not believing in that kind of stuff. It’s a pity, really. Imagine how useful it could be for a doctor to communicate mentally with the spirit of a patient who is paralyzed or comatose. For one thing, they’d know when to expect them back out of the coma.

Telepathy in action: “If it’s time for food, I might get up” 🙂

Pets communicate with each other using mental pictures. These mental pictures act as thought packages which also carry meaning. As you mentally absorb the picture, the meaning or intention behind the message unravels. Thought is also fully holographic in the sense that, when you unravel a thought package, you gain a full experience of the picture being transmitted – the sights, the sounds, the tastes, the smells, and also the feelings on both a physical and emotional level. If the thought package is about an experience that the sender has had, you will be able to share and relive the entire experience.

Telepathy is a natural medium of communication. Animals use it. Dolphins and whales use it. Humans use it at night, when they are out-of-body and traveling in the spirit world. Speech was developed as a means of communication in the physical world because the human conscious mind is tightly focused upon the exterior world, emphasizing the use of five physical senses for its information.

While the conscious human mind typically ignores telepathic input, the subconscious mind is fully telepathic. Your subconscious mind perceives every thought that the subconscious mind of another person – or the conscious mind of a pet – directs towards you.

Your subconscious mind is fully connected to the global mind, which Jung referred to as the “collective unconscious” and Teilhard de Chardin as the “noosphere,” which means “mind atmosphere.” You continually receive thoughts from this global mind atmosphere in tune with the frequency of your consciousness at the time. Then, you process these thoughts through your own consciousness and automatically retransmit them back into the global mind.

Therefore, because of this automatic thought-sharing process, every moment that you spend in uplifting thoughts is a moment spent uplifting the thoughts of the world.

Professional pet psychics have found that pets even learn some words from the human vocabulary. Pets know the sound of their own names, but they also pick up other words. Once, a pet psychic was asking a horse what his favorite food was and the horse telepathed the word, “beans.” Thinking that beans would be a strange item in a horse’s diet, the pet psychic told the horse’s owner about this. He replied, “Oh, when I feed him horse food pellets, I always think that they look like beans. That’s where he must have picked up the word.”

You can use telepathic communication with your pets with just a little practice. Your pets already read your thoughts, especially if they are expressed with supporting mental pictures. You can practice conversing mentally with your pets, asking them questions and waiting for their responses to enter your awareness.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Quantum physics is more than a century old; yet, people’s eyes still glaze over when they first hear of its strange ways. In the sub-microscopic world of elementary energy particles, the universe acts very differently from the one we know in our physical world.

As it turns out, the quantum world actually reveals the true nature of the universe, while what we see on the physical level is a carefully-created illusion. For example, at any point in time, life presents an array of infinite possibilities.

When you make a decision as to what to do next, then – only then – does your immediate future become a reality instead of just another possibility. Then, and only then, does the next step in your history get written.

In quantum physics, energetic particles, such as photons of light, only become particles of energy when you focus your attention upon them. Until then, they remain as fields of influence which radiate waves of energy, not particles. These waves of energy, rather than traveling as particles directly from A to B, spread out as waves that explore all possible paths before them.

Energy particles live in a world of possibilities, waiting to be made manifest by a conscious decision from someone, somewhere. In a conscious universe, any form of attention, even that of a passive observer, manifests actual particles from the waves of potential.

As a human, you were born to manifest a life from infinite possibilities. At each step along the way, you create history by deciding which possibility to explore and working your way through that action. You choose and create the experience from the potential and make it manifest.

The quantum world gets even stranger when you find that, in its natural, unmanifested state, it is free from the constraints of time and space. Electrons routinely affect their own future, and even their own past. Quantum physicists even had to include “negative time” (traveling into the past) in their equations in order to include the time travel which is exhibited at the quantum level.

Now, if the quantum world is the real world, the one from which our stable reality is constructed, then what does this mean for our possibilities? It certainly means that we have infinite choices for the future. The burning question is, how will the different choices turn out?

By empowering your connection to your inner being, to your soul consciousness, you enter the realm where all possibilities are real – very real – a place where you have the power to evaluate any and all of your greatest potentials.

*Owen Waters is the author of The Lightworker Mission: Reconnect With Your Primary Purpose.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

The Big Bang theory was first validated by the observations of Edwin Hubble (1884-1953), of Hubble Telescope fame.

Edwin Hubble at Mount Wilson Observatory (before the building went non-smoking)

He first observed that the faster a galaxy travels, the further it also is away from us. This supported the theory that the galaxies all started in one place and exploded outwards from there.

With the help of the orbiting Hubble Telescope, the size of the universe was then estimated at approximately 15 billion light-years across. However, it is now calculated that the universe must have needed more than just the initial impetus of a “big bang” in order to manifest in the way that we see it today.

The theory of Inflation was later proposed to describe this additional impetus. It states that an unknown extra force inflated the early expansion of the early universe so that it could become what it is today. While the duration of a big bang event would have been much less than a microsecond, a period of inflation would have lasted for at least 300,000 years.

The basic scenario of the Big Bang theory is that the universe started out as something very small and then expanded outwards to become what we see today.

That, however, leaves us with one great, unanswered mystery.

What Existed Before the Universe Came Into Being?

What lies beyond the envelope which contains the universe? The universe was created by Infinite Being, the original consciousness. It created physical space along with the other dimensions which make up a working universe. These other dimensions (measurable variables of existence) include time, energy, and consciousness at the human level of expression.

So it makes sense that physical space would extend no farther than the edges of the created universe. Beyond those edges, there is only consciousness. Matter cannot exist outside of the edges of the universe because it was the universe that provided the framework for the formation of matter.

There is no physical matter, no space, no time, and no energy outside of the universe. So, what’s left? What could possibly exist outside of the envelope of the universe?

Consciousness.

Consciousness is the next frontier of science. Everything in the universe is made of it. Consciousness is the elusive factor in the mysteries of quantum physics. It makes subatomic particles manifest in physical reality. Without consciousness, subatomic particles simply don’t materialize out of the pre-physical world of quantum energy. It takes consciousness to manifest the illusion of physicality.

There can be nothing outside of the universe of space, time and energy – other than consciousness.

The ultimate, and primordial, state of consciousness is Infinite Being. Before Infinite Being created the universe, there was only consciousness. In fact, there still is only consciousness, because energy forms matter, and consciousness forms the energy that runs the universe. The illusions of space and time are but facets of consciousness.

Space, time and energy are merely props upon the stage of this vividly realistic theater of life. Life is basically consciousness, and only consciousness.

Science has progressed over the last 300 years as the result of disciplined, scientific method and, in general, reliance upon the physical senses. This outward focus, however, will not serve science in discovering the meaning of consciousness because consciousness is within, not without.

The development of inner consciousness is the new frontier of discovery.

*Owen Waters is the author of Spirituality Made Simple.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

In the old tradition, the serious spiritual aspirant would ideally head for a cave and shut themselves inside until they reached some degree of enlightenment. Peace was a by-product of such isolation, partly because the aspirant was no longer in contact with the turmoil being constantly generated by a suffering humanity.

Today, that concept is being overturned for one more heart-centered. In The Shift to higher awareness, the idea of peace has expanded to include its full yin and yang aspects. The passive yin part is the mellow bliss of inner peace, while the active yang part actually spreads peace to those members of humanity who most desperately need its soothing balm.

Here is the powerful spiritual technique of what I term Kriya Shanti Yoga – the spiritual practice of creating peace. The concept is not new. It has been around since the 1950s when a Western Master of Yoga began teaching people the then-novel idea that they could actually heal the world.

Here, in its entirety, is the technique that will enable you to join with the new wave of Peace Creators…

First, go within. Reconnect with your spiritual source. Use your own meditation technique or the Infinite Being meditation. End your meditation session by spending time in gratitude for life, nature and the Infinite Being from which we have all materialized.

Let a sense of gratitude for everything in your life fill your heart.

Then, intend world peace and world enlightenment. Send this intention out into the world as love energy through the heart chakra, which is located just in front of your breastbone. Move that energy into the global mind atmosphere surrounding the Earth in this way…

On every in-breath, imagine white light from the Cosmos entering your crown chakra, which is above the head, and then traveling down your spine to the level of your heart. Then, let it travel forward into your heart chakra, just in front of your breastbone.

Now, see an energy of white light coming up from the Earth and entering the base of your spine to travel up your spine to the level of your heart, then forward, to merge with the cosmic energy in your heart chakra.

These energies of the Cosmos and the Earth will fuse together and cause an energetic reaction at the frequency of the heart chakra. This fusion forms a ball of energetic white light in the heart chakra, one which is conditioned by your intention for world peace and enlightenment.

Now, with every out-breath, send the power of this energetic reaction out into the world. Direct it as a beam of white light from your heart chakra out into the world.

Continue this in-breath, out-breath cycle for several minutes and you will not only help heal the world, you will change your entire day for the better.

The universe reflects who you are. When you practice healing the world, by automatic reflection, you also bring healing to yourself and to all challenges you face.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

The Nature of Change

One constant that you can count on in life is change.

Change exists because life is in motion, and motion is one of the three aspects of the original consciousness that underlies all of Creation. Everything in the universe springs from two complementary aspects of consciousness – thought and feeling – set into motion.

The existence of motion as one of the fundamental components of Creation guarantees that change is continuous. The point of life is to experience infinite variations of expression of the one underlying consciousness, Infinite Being.

Changes in Your Life

Major changes in life are rarely easy, but our very reason for being is to work through changes and experiences in life.

Today, changes are being accelerated by our being in the global transformation called The Shift. Many would say that today’s changes are intense to the point of becoming chaotic. In physics, chaos is a temporary phase between one natural state of harmony and its transformation into a higher form. The transition phase between the two states becomes very choppy until the higher form is reached.

Today, we are moving through the storm before the calm.

We are so beset by change that it can become hard to discern what changes are important and what changes are just societal noise which has little bearing on the real paths that we need to tread through life. It is here that a sense of inner direction becomes an exquisite asset.

Navigation Through Life

Sometimes your own purpose in life seems like an ever-unfolding saga. Like a journey across the seas by boat, your journey through life is made safe and direct by the use of a compass. In this journey, you have a built-in compass that helps you navigate in the most appropriate direction.

That compass is your sense of innermost joy. As an expression of your inner being, like a compass, your innermost joy points the way. When you think about the one action you could take right now which would move you towards the most long-term inner joy, you are seeing that course of action which is most connected to your inner being.

Because destinations in life are reached in steps or stages, your inner compass can actually point in seemingly different directions on different days. They key is to realize that the one task you can best address at any given moment is the one which is most aligned with your innermost joy.

Each step on a journey is different; yet, all steps lead to the final destination. If you are inspired to do one thing today and to do something different tomorrow, it is because those tasks are both steps along the pathway to the desired destination. Trust in the timing of your inner guidance. It’s wisdom comes from the part of you which is your connection to the universe and to Infinite Being.

Be attentive to your inspiration and the ideas that it brings. Make a note of these ideas as they occur and, in retrospect, you will be amazed as to how insightful they were.

P.S. To deal with life’s challenges using the power of your higher consciousness, see the proven technique in Soul Inspiration by Owen Waters.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Life can be a treadmill of mundane details or it can be an inspiring adventure of uplifting experiences. Through the regular, daily practice of meditation, you can start each day by raising your frequency of consciousness above the mundane, work-a-day level into the spiritual realms of consciousness.

Here are seven facets of spiritual awareness which unfold as a result of daily meditation. Any technique will work. The Ultimate Meditation technique is particularly effective.

Spiritual Awareness Facet Number One – Flow

A sense of flow attracts synchronicity into your life’s events. This almost magical sense enables you to always be in the appropriate place at the appropriate time in order to gain the most out of the experiences that the complete you, your inner self, planned for this life.

Spiritual Awareness Facet Number Two – Unconditional Love

You develop a sense of unconditional love for the inner, spiritual essence of all the people that you connect with in your life. Even the difficult people, as they are often holding up a mirror for you to understand an aspect of past habits which, deep down, you would like to examine at this time.

Your sense of unconditional love naturally includes full acceptance of yourself, just as you are, with the personality that you adopted for this lifetime of experience. You can catch those old thought patterns of self-criticism and remember that you live in a universe which is naturally full of love and unconditional acceptance.

Spiritual Awareness Facet Number Three – Abundance

Accept abundance as the natural flow of the universe. Forget those opinions about there being something wrong with money. It’s a form of energy and the universe is filled with energy. Life gets a lot more convenient when you are abundant. It gets really inconvenient when you are not.

When you follow your innermost joy, you find yourself doing work that you love and find absorbing. When you find your work absorbing, you become very good at it, without feeling that it took a lot of effort to become that highly skilled. When you are good at your work, employers and customers alike hear about you by word-of-mouth recommendation and they seek you out. The more in-demand your services become, the more they are worth. Following your inner joy is the secret to finding and developing an occupation which brings natural abundance.

Spiritual Awareness Facet Number Four – Intuitive Insight

Both men and women find that, with regular spiritual practices, their sense of intuition develops smoothly and naturally. Soon, your insights grow to become very valuable in dealing with the challenges of life.

Spiritual Awareness Facet Number Five – Creativity

A growing sense of creativity becomes apparent when spiritual practices become your daily routine. You discover new ways to achieve results because you see situations from a broader perspective.

Spiritual Awareness Facet Number Six – Wisdom

Advances in spiritual wisdom and understanding come with deep meditation. In meditation, it is important to let distracting, surface thoughts dissipate so that deeper realizations may surface at the time that they are needed.

Spiritual Awareness Facet Number Seven –
Raising World Consciousness

When you detach from worldly concerns and express a higher frequency of consciousness, the conflicts of the lower frequencies of consciousness become automatically healed. When you let go of any form of conflict within yourself, you are able to rise to a higher frequency of consciousness in a state of harmony and balance.

Higher frequencies of consciousness hold a higher power. Not just a slightly higher power. The power ratio of spiritual consciousness to conflict-oriented consciousness is many thousands to one. If you allow balance to enter your life through a spiritual state of consciousness, it will manifest immediately and very powerfully in your daily life. You will also be helping to raise the global consciousness in a very powerful and constructive manner.

*Owen Waters is the author of Four Powerful Steps to Spiritual Enlightenment and Freedom of the Spirit.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

The universe is a giant doughnut!

In physics, they call it a torus. Physicists speculate that the universe is torroidal shaped. However, being a great fan of simplicity, I prefer the more ‘sugar-coated’ term, doughnut.

Moving beyond physics and into metaphysics, which is where all the fun stuff happens, the doughnut-shaped universe is really nothing more than a projection within the consciousness of its Creator. Beyond the outer walls of that doughnut-shaped universe there is no space. Beyond the universe, there is only the consciousness that created space and everything else that makes up our universe.

Space is no more than a concept in consciousness. It isn’t really “out there.” Everything made from consciousness is “in here,” within you. Space is a projection within consciousness, manufactured for a specific effect. It is one of the dimensions in which we operate in the adventure called life.

While everything is, in reality, just plain “here and now,” not really “out there and back then,” the manufacture of a map of projected consciousness created the different locations within this map of consciousness that we see as space.

Space is not infinite

The universe is made entirely of consciousness. The physical universe – the big doughnut – is held within infinite consciousness and is therefore, by definition, less than infinite.

When we were young, we were taught at school that space must be infinite because, if you were able to reach the outer limits of space, what could possibly lie beyond? If more space lies beyond what you thought was the limit of space, then space must be infinite… or so they said.

The problem was, no-one could imagine infinite space. It just seemed so counter-intuitive. The idea that infinite space would really exist just didn’t sit right with anyone, but we all nodded our heads, thinking that grown-ups knew best.

In reality, physical space is finite, not infinite. It is a projection in consciousness contained within the Infinite Being which created it.

Time is not what it seems

Likewise, linear time is also finite. The term ‘linear time’ means clock-like time, and refers to the single timeline of past, present, future to which our brains are entrained.

The “time” before the universe was created was not time. It was pure consciousness – Infinite Being – from which time was created as yet another concept.

Both space and time are held in manifestation within the consciousness of Infinite Being. Nothing can exist outside of that awareness, for it is All-That-Is.

Everything, including the concepts of space and time, are created within its consciousness. Therefore physical space ends somewhere. It ends at the limit of the created universe. Beyond that perimeter at the edge of space lies Creator-consciousness.

Different points in time are merely different viewpoints in consciousness. Time appears to pass by in a linear fashion, but only because our brains are wired for, and entrained to, the illusion of the linear passage of time.

Most people on Earth have not considered that they can switch their focus to other locations in time and space at will. The energy required to instantly relocate a physical human body to another location in space-time might be prohibitive, but your mind can do it very easily. Remote viewing practitioners routinely visit other space-time locations under controlled conditions in order to gain information.

With brains that are entrained by the concept of linear time, we think of ourselves as being stuck in one location in space and in one position on our timeline. In reality, Infinite Being exists in the all-encompassing Here and Now and we are facets of Infinite Being. Therefore, all locations and all times can be reached just by transferring one’s focus to a different place in time and space.

As people develop their consciousness and their creativity in the dawning New Reality, these concepts will be explored more and more deeply.

Your purpose in life

Everyone comes into life with a purpose, a plan to explore certain attributes of themselves and the society of that era. However, beneath this immediate purpose lies an even deeper, long-term purpose.

You are the “eyes and ears” of Infinite Being, experiencing life from your own unique viewpoint. Your deepest reason for existence is actually the same as everyone else’s. It is to develop your own unique character and potential to the fullest extent so that you can gain experience in life from your unique viewpoint.

The two conclusions that can be reached from these thoughts are:

1. All information that you need from anywhere in the universe is yours for the asking. If you want information from another location in time and space, just get into a good meditative state and pluck it right out of the ethers.

2. Express your full potential. No one else can do it for you, and no one can tell you that you should do it differently. It’s your life. You’re in charge of it. Inside of you is all potential. Become all that you already are in potential.

*Owen Waters is the author of Spiritual Metaphysics: Answers to the Great Mysteries of Life.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Courage is a product of higher purpose. Courage conquers the fear of pain, of loss of life or the loss of a loved one. With higher purpose, you gain the power to spring into action and achieve your mission despite any fear that you may feel.

Boadicea, rebel queen of ancient Britain.

The conquest of fear is one of the primary reasons for life on Earth. When you identify with a higher purpose you rise above the fear. From this, you learn that higher consciousness frees you from the immobilizing numbness of basic, primeval fear.

Acts of great heroism occur when a person rises above their own fear for survival and acts to save others from injury and death. Even those who physically die in the attempt pass on into the spirit realms with the knowledge of a very valuable lesson; that higher purpose, realized in a higher state of consciousness, is the key to overcoming basic fear.

Courage is required to be ready to let go of a loved one who has a terminal illness when it is their time to pass on to the next life.

It takes courage to stand up for your beliefs, especially if they are not widely held.

It takes courage for you to be who you are when you know that your mission is to be yourself and to express who you truly are.

It takes courage to break through the fear that you might be inadequate and then, step by step, go on to discover your inner power.

Your inner being is naturally empowered with the strength to overcome all obstacles.

Courage springs from communion with your inner being. Love springs from communion with your inner being. The elements of courage and love come together to express themselves as service to others.

As a result, the path to enlightenment and wisdom is formed.

*For further study, see The New Enlightenment: Transformation into an Age of Abundance by Owen Waters.

by Owen Waters

Love is the saving grace of all of humanity. We contact this primal energy in our finest moments. From the moment a baby is born, it is enshrouded in the unselfish love of its mother. From the moment a person springs into action to save others from peril, their own thoughts of survival are ‘overlighted’ by the love and caring that shines from their heart.

When a person dies and reviews their life, they see that one thing that mattered the most: Love. Pure, unadulterated, unconditional love. It is the source of compassion. It is the energy of caring for others. It is the binding force which holds together the entire universe, and it flows through you whenever you simply allow it.

Love is the gateway to spiritual consciousness. It is through activation of the spiritual heart that we pass into a whole new world of expansion and joy. In the realms of spiritual consciousness, we find peace, bliss, and continual inspiration. In the realms of spiritual consciousness, we expand our view of life to see the issues that are important to the soul. We can then see how love can heal and how we can and should spend the time to spread a little more love in the world every day, even if it is simply done in silent prayer for the well-being of others.

Let your heart open to love each and every day. Start the day in meditation and prayer for the healing and well-being of others and you will invoke a beautiful flow of natural energy through yourself. It truly is a great way to start each day because it sets the tone and the energy flow for the day.

When you are attuned to the natural flow of love throughout the universe, you then feel the natural flow of energy within your own universe. Your senses of insight and timing develop to help you achieve more and to succeed easily at the tasks that are important to you.

The flow of love is critical to life. Without the love of the Divine Mother which fills the universe, nothing would exist. For centuries, humankind has been playing a game where love and inner inspiration have been blocked off and ignored. Today, in this era of The Shift, the tide is turning and people are opening up to this wonderful flow of natural energy.

Remember the love within, especially when outer circumstances seem dark. Remember that love is the gateway to the higher realms of consciousness where answers can be found to meet every challenge that life presents.

Tune into love. It will never let you down. Instead, it will set your spirit free to explore the realms of consciousness which offer greater vistas of awareness, greater peace of mind, and a sense of ever-present joy.

Owen Waters is the author of Love, Light, Laughter: The New Spirituality.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Each physical object in the universe has properties or measurable attributes which we call dimensions. One inch or one meter is a measurement of the dimension of space. One second is a measurement of the dimension of time. We are familiar with the idea of space and time being measurable dimensions, but what about the other dimensions in Creation?

Dimensions are attributes or properties of physical objects. For example, an object can be located in a certain place and is, like all of us, passing through time, but what other attributes make its creation possible?

For example, what about the energies that make up the object’s atoms? Big objects are made of small atoms, so let’s look at the small and the big will look after itself.

First, consider the framework of Creation that makes all things possible. The Creator made the universe out of one ingredient – consciousness – so you can’t leave consciousness off the list. In fact, all things are composed of consciousness, so what combination of thought and feeling makes an atom what it is?

The universe was created by the One Creator employing three aspects of divine consciousness – Thought, Feeling, and Motion. Then, in order to create the nine physical dimensions, each of the original three aspects were further expanded into three sub-aspects. The resulting nine physical dimensions can be seen in three groups of three.

The Thought (Energy) Dimensions Group

1. Etheric (yang) energy – life energy, prana, or chi
2. Magnetic (yin) energy – the fabric of space or the Field
3. Electric (physical) energy

While etheric energy is strange to materialistic science, it is known to many as vital life energy, chi/qi, or prana. Traditional Chinese medicine has used it to maintain the health of patients most effectively for several millennia.

The Field was originally called the Luminiferous Aether, a term that now causes confusion with an entirely different energy, Etheric Energy. The Field is a subtle magnetic fluid, filling all space and intensifying around physical objects causing the effect of gravity.

Light energy is widely known to be electromagnetic. What isn’t widely known is that, while it travels at light speed through free space, it has an additional energy component. Etheric energy surrounds each photon of light and energizes it to travel through space, right up until it collides with a solid barrier. The impact strips away the etheric sheath, which carries right along traveling like a ghost passing through a wall, leaving the physical remainder to travel its new path. The electromagnetic remainder is then capable of being seen as visible light by physical eyes.

The Feeling (Spatial) Dimensions Group

4. Space (or size, measured in 3 directions)
5. Feeling – as with all forms of consciousness, objects have feelings
6. Location – where an object belongs.

Notice that Space is one of the nine dimensions, one that has three sub-aspects or three directions of measurement. Contrast this perspective to that of modern-day physics, which considers the total lineup of possible dimensions to be three space dimensions and one additional dimension of time.

When you love, or at least actively like, a machine such as a car, it runs a whole lot more reliably than it would for someone who routinely yells at it. As another example of Feeling, even in the densely material halls of mechanical engineering miracles can be found. I once studied under a Materials Science professor who thought it highly entertaining to point out a seemingly-inexplicable phenomenon. If you cut through a bar of steel, a microscope will reveal stress marks in the cut. But, if you first soak the steel in a liquid anesthetic, it will then produce no stress marks. Imagine that – the energy of the anesthetic affects the steel bar, just like it would a human, and it avoids feeling the pain and stress of being cut.

Location is the attribute that lets an object know where it belongs in the universe. In the future, when we have recorded the subtle signature tones of various locations, we will create teleportation vehicles which can change their location energy signatures to re-position themselves at new locations.

The Motion Dimensions Group

7. Structure of an atom as a chemical element
8. Identity of a body (its unique signature tone)
9. Time (physical motion)

Structure refers to the component energies of an atom as a chemical element, primarily the numbers of electrons, protons and orbital layers of the atom.

Your soul has a unique signature tone. Not just a frequency, but also a combination of elements of thought and feeling. Every energetic particle in the universe has its own unique signature tone because Infinite Being created infinite variety. This is why you are a unique person – someone whose soul purpose is to contribute to the variety of life in the universe in your own special and unique way.

Time, too, has three varieties – linear time (the clock on the wall type), experiential time (as in, time flies or drags), and timelines, potential alternatives which your soul can explore in parallel to your central, active timeline.

For new insights into more mysteries of the universe, be sure to read my book, Spiritual Metaphysics: Answers to the Great Mysteries of Life.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

“If I only had Time.” That’s what the Creator thought while mulling over the design stage of the Creation.

Time is necessary so that experience can be gained from choices taken and changes made at an appropriate pace for learning.

In the Great Here and Now which is the underlying reality of Infinite Being, time as we know it does not exist. Any change has an instantaneous effect. Therefore, in order to enjoy the adventure of immersion in a physical universe, Infinite Being and its Creator aspect needed the dimensional property that we call Time.

The popular concept of dimensions today is that we live in a four-dimensional world – three dimensions of space and one of time. However, the Law of Creation points to a different reality. As you may know from previous articles, the Law of Creation has three components and a tendency to self-replicate.

There is one Creator, operating through the three aspects or creative principles of Thought, Feeling, and Motion. The nine dimensional properties of matter are created by each of those aspects creating three varieties of itself. Three times three varieties means that there are a total of nine dimensional properties of matter.

Time is one of the nine dimensional properties of physical matter. Another is Space. Because of the Law of Creation’s tendency to self-replicate, there are, furthermore, three varieties or directions of Space – commonly expressed as length, breadth, and height.

Now… get this… as well as three varieties of Space, there are three varieties of Time!

We normally think of the standard, tick-tock version called Linear Time. Like a clock on the wall, Linear Time passes at a fixed rate regardless of whatever you do to change your perception of how slowly or quickly it is passing.

Variety Two of Time is called Experiential Time. In daily life, you notice that time can pass quickly or slowly in your perception. Experiential Time is related more to inner consciousness and feelings than it is to the outer world, so its significance to you increases as your frequency of consciousness rises.

For example, the spirit world of the afterlife is a subtle, higher-frequency version of physical experience. In the afterlife, Experiential Time plays much more of a role than Linear Time.

Variety Three of Time is something that comes into play when you become more attuned to your soul’s level of consciousness. Variety Three produces Timelines. These are alternate realities which are potentially of interest to your soul. Any important change in your primary focus, such as a spiritual awakening experience, will shift you onto a more appropriate timeline. The shift will be obvious to your soul level of awareness, but your physical brain is only designed to be aware of your current timeline. To your physical brain, the only change will be that life is somehow better than it used to be.

The great miracle of the dimension of Time is not that it can have multiple timeline versions or that it can expand or contract to suit your consciousness, but that Linear Time can produce the illusion of slow change when all that really exists is the Great Here and Now.

Think about it, in a reality where all things are Here and everything is Now, how did the Creator create the illusion of Time so that we could play out our lives of experience at an appropriate rate?

The best analogy is that of a motion picture. The original movie films consisted of a sequence of photographs being projected onto a screen at, typically, 24 frames per second. Even though each frame contains just a static image, the illusion of motion is achieved by subsequent frames being projected fast enough for the human brain to perceive the changes as smooth action. Changes through time are created from a collection of static images, and that is the same way the Creator created Time.

The universe flashes on and off billions of times per second. It is re-created in each of those rapidly-appearing, still-action frames. Each frame is a different viewpoint of the Great Here and Now. The physical brain is entrained to the timing of that universal movie projector mechanism. All we see is continual change, even though such change consists of many still-action, static frames.

With the framework for Time in place, it is then possible for human decisions to be made and for subsequent changes to unfold at a speed that allows for learning and reflection. And that was achieved even though, in truth, all changes are just a collection of different viewpoints of the Great Here and Now.

Isn’t the universe a wonderful creation?

P.S. Space and Time are just two of the nine physical dimensions. To study the other dimensions in detail, please refer to my book, Spiritual Metaphysics: Answers to the Great Mysteries of Life.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

When we talk of sending light out into the world, we are referring to a subtle energy, empowered and conditioned by spiritual intent.

Etheric energy is life energy. It is the energy that passes from spiritual healer to patient. It is the vitality or life force contained within air, water and food. It is the mystery energy which powers the endless orbit of electrons in their atoms and planets around their suns. More subtle than electricity, etheric energy is the life force that streams toward us from the Sun, energizing and motivating all forms of life.

Etheric energy has been known by many other names – prana, life energy, vital life force, chi or qi, orgone, universal life force, odic force, cold electricity, scalar energy, tachyon energy, radiant energy; the list goes on.

Cosmologists – scientists who study the structure of the universe – are actually on the trail of etheric energy. They have detected its presence in the cosmos through its gravitational side-effects, but they haven’t been able to see it, so they call it ‘dark energy.’ The existence of dark energy – and its related dark matter – is one of the great, unanswered mysteries of science today. According to the observed movements of galaxies, it is calculated that 23% of the universe consists of dark matter and 73% of the universe consists of dark energy.

The universe, it would seem, is filled with unseens. At least, to the limited capabilities of physical eyes. When a cosmologist stares at a clear, night sky, wondering where all the missing energy and matter is in the inky blackness of the depths of space, it would come as a surprise to them if they knew that a clairvoyant – a person who has developed the ability to see subtle energies – sees the same night sky very differently.

It may sound unconventional, even rebellious to tradition, to suggest that a scientist should ask a clairvoyant what they perceive, but it has been done before, and with breakthrough results. For example, in the mid 1800s, one of the top research scientists of all time did exactly this. Carl von Reichenbach had heard that clairvoyants can see a subtle energy of which science was unaware. The fact that he, like most people, lacked clairvoyant vision did not deter him. Such a minor complication was not to be an obstacle to his curiosity and his desire to understand this new form of energy.

Carl von Reichenbach

So, for his experiments, he hired a group of skilled clairvoyants to describe to him what they could see. He cataloged the appearance and behavior of etheric energy, which he called the ‘odic force,’ around substances such as magnets, crystals, wood and metals.

Today, a cosmologist could, if they dared to be that adventurous, ask a skilled clairvoyant what they see in the clear, night sky. The clairvoyant would report that they see the etheric energies that surge through the universe. To their subtle perception, etheric energy does not appear in the least bit dark. In fact, it glows brightly with the light of its own life energy. To them, the night sky is filled with a brilliant interplay of pure and magical, etheric light.

Etheric energy is one of the three fundamental types of energy in the universe. These three energies are electric, magnetic and etheric. Electric energy operates at a right angle to magnetic energy. The third energy of Creation, etheric energy, operates at yet another right angle to the other two.

Physical matter is made from electro-magnetism, which is the interplay of electric and magnetic energies. Etheric matter is quasi-physical, i.e. solid only to the subtle senses, and it is made from ethero-magnetism, which is the interplay of etheric and magnetic energies.

Etheric energy and etheric matter are the missing components in today’s cosmology. Etheric energy is the mysterious ‘dark energy’ and etheric matter is the mysterious ‘dark matter.’ Knowing that it can be seen by the subtle senses certainly makes it a more immediate candidate for study and research.

The possibilities for research into this fledgling field are almost unlimited. For example, many of Nikola Tesla’s experiments involved a strange new form of energy that he called “cold electricity.” When his experiments are reviewed in the light that cold electricity is none other than etheric energy, then they begin to make a lot more sense.

Etheric energy is the third energy of Creation. It is not a form of electricity. Etheric energy and electric energy share the common bond of interacting with magnetic energy. They bring to life the magnetic fabric of space when they intertwine with it to invoke physical electro-magnetic energy and quasi-physical ethero-magnetic energy.

To those in the ancient healing traditions, etheric energy is the life force of acupuncture, qigong, Reiki, and other forms of life-supporting practices. To the lightworker today, it is the medium through which we can transform ourselves and heal the world using the Love and Light Technique.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

There is a stairway to heaven. It leads through the heavenly realms of the afterlife and continues even further, all the way to the ultimate state of consciousness from which the universe sprang into existence.

Infinite Being, the ultimate source of all things, created a universe of infinite diversity, of infinite parts of the whole. As humanity, we are the adventurers who projected ourselves into physical experience in order to bring deeper focus into our experience. Our purpose in the physical realm of consciousness is to gain a sharply-defined sense of identity and to grow from there.

The long-term mission of each and every one of us is to gain expanded awareness through life’s experiences until we eventually return to the one God, no longer as curious seekers, but as self-realized, conscious gods.

The steps of the stairway are formed by nine density layers within the consciousness of the Creator. Each density layer is composed of a different degree of compression of Creator consciousness. The higher steps are more ethereal, or less compressed, than the lower ones. The lower steps are more compressed, more sharply focused, and more clearly defined than the ones above.

Every density layer (or “dimension” as some people call them) is composed of consciousness. Even the physical world, with its apparently physical objects, is really composed of 100% consciousness, compressed in a way that appears to be solid.

The Nine Densities of Creation

The Nine Densities of Creation are divided into three groups of three densities. These three groups contain the material, spiritual, and cosmic layers of existence.

The Material Group of Densities

The three most dense layers are the material group. These relate to basic physical existence.

First Density – Matter

First density consciousness is the realm of the atoms and molecules of physical matter as well as the basic sense of survival.

This is the natural frequency of the consciousness of the elements which form the basis of physical matter, including the physical bodies employed by plants, animals and humans.

Second Density – Biology

Second density supports the consciousness of plant and animal life as well as the urge to grow. Plant life, for example, reproduces and spreads until it reaches the limits provided by its environment. Second density is also the frequency of the basic emotions, such as anger and fear.

While plants and animal life resonate to a second-density frequency and consist of first-density atomic particles, they are located in our world in third density existence. There is no first or second density planet Earth. The lowest frequency manifested by planet Earth is third density.

Third Density – Individuality

Third density is the current realm of existence for the combined consciousness of physical humanity. It is where the consciousness of individuality and self-awareness is developed. Humanity’s experience of separation from its inner source is a deliberate experiment whereby the illusion of physical existence becomes very real.

The game of human physicality began long ago. As curious spirits, we progressed into a desire for maximum effect and then went on to discover how to create total immersion within the game. It is this total immersion within physicality which makes life on earth seem so real, so full of passion, so disconnected from our spiritual source and, yet, full of so much potential for self-discovery.

The experience of humanity’s separation from its inner source is achieved through using a physical brain which focuses on the five senses. These senses feed information to the brain from a universe which appears to be external. Our brains are wired to perceive space and to experience time. The turning of our attention away from inner, spiritually-connected information provides a sharply-defined sense of individuality, one which would not have been possible were our brains designed differently.

Third-density consciousness also supports other qualities for an evolving consciousness, such as the discovery of courage and optimism, and the development of intellect and reason.

The Spiritual Group of Densities

The next layers of density are the spiritual group. The gateway to spiritual consciousness is through the level of consciousness to which mankind is currently awakening – that of heart-centered consciousness. For humanity, this is where the adventure really begins!

Fourth Density – Integration

In fourth-density consciousness, the heart awakens to a natural unrestricted flow of unconditional love. In third-density consciousness, humans develop themes of separation from each other. In fourth density, they develop integration, or the healing of separation.

Fourth density is where the spirit realm, or afterlife, is located. Here, people resolve and integrate the emotional experiences that they gained during their physical lives. When today’s massive Shift in consciousness has played through sufficiently, fourth density will also become the new location for physical human beings. In this density, the qualities of balance and unconditional love are developed, which lead to the development of inner joy.

Fifth Density – Soul Consciousness

Fifth density brings with it the ability to create powerful realities and to transcend space and time. Once spirits in the afterlife have integrated their emotions and resolved their conflicts, they can pass on into fifth density. Fifth density is a nonphysical realm of the soul, of the “higher self” or inner being. Your inner being is your complete consciousness, and therefore includes the subconscious and superconscious aspects of mind.

Your inner being has a clear connection to the higher densities and to Infinite Being. Therefore, developing a clear connection to your inner being provides you with a direct source of spiritual empowerment.

While your immediate soul mates may number, typically, seven other souls, your soul family is much larger. It is closer to two thousand individuals, grouped together in a huge family of people with common likes and interests.

You share a similar energetic background, history, and many preferences as to the kinds of experiences that you enjoy. These are the people with whom you share the most empathy. To your inner being, they are the essence of “Home.”

Of the other members of your soul family, less than half will typically be in physical incarnation at any given time. Many will live in other countries and in other parts of your country. When you meet them, you recognize them as people whom you feel are special in some way. There is a resonance within your own consciousness that is quite different to how you would react to a total stranger.

Sixth Density – The Angelic Realms

Sixth density is home to some of the greatest beings who have ever graced the earth with their presence. The field of consciousness of a world spiritual teacher, for example, is enormous in comparison to the field of consciousness of one typical human. It is because of this great capacity of consciousness, along with their ability to divide their attention into many parts at one time, which allows world teachers to service the needs of all those who call upon them in their times of need.

Archangels and world teachers are based in the upper reaches of sixth density so that their awareness can encompass the entire planet in all its manifestations in fifth, fourth, and third densities. In this way, these global spirits are capable of detecting and responding to multiple calls for assistance all at once.

The Cosmic Group of Densities

When the ladder of human evolution has been climbed to its ultimate, spiritual heights, there is only one place to go next in the grand scheme of Creation. That next step is to become a part of the intelligence of a planetary being.

Seventh Density – Planetary Consciousness

There is much more to Gaia, the planet Earth, than meets the eye. Seventh density is home to planet-size fields of consciousness. In the third-density physical realm, she provides a home for humanity. Her spiritual heart, however, resides in this nonphysical, seventh-density realm of spiritual light.

It is not by chance that seventh density is where cosmic consciousness occurs. This is the entry-level density layer devoted to the cosmic scale of consciousness. A human being can visit seventh density during a period of cosmic consciousness, but they cannot reside there permanently, as it is designed to be a realm which is home to fields of planet-sized consciousness.

Eighth Density – Solar Consciousness

The spiritual heart of the Sun is in eighth-density consciousness. What we see in third density is its physical body, which is a faint reflection of its eighth-density, spiritual radiance.

An insight into the true scale of the magnetic body of the Sun can be gained from the heliosphere. This is a magnetized sphere of energy which stretches, from the Sun, four times further than the outermost planet of Pluto in every direction. That’s a 22 billion mile-wide magnetic body which contains, sustains and cares for the planets and all life forms within its sphere.

As well as living within the Sun’s third-density heliosphere, we are connected, at the eighth-density level of consciousness, with the spiritual being we call the Sun. You cannot be born within its sphere without first becoming a part of it energetically. We are, as stated correctly by ancient cultures, Children of the Sun.

Likewise, before you were first physically born on earth, your soul passed through an initiation of birth through the holy flame of the Logos of the Mother Earth. On a cosmic scale of consciousness, she is your spiritual mother, just as the Sun is your spiritual father. In the grand scheme of Creation, the Earth contains the closest consciousness to God within your reach, and the Sun contains the closest consciousness to God within your sight. Sending your love and gratitude to the Sun and the Earth not only makes perfect sense, it is the oldest spiritual practice on earth, and one of the most potent.

Ninth Density – The Galaxies and their Central Suns

A galaxy is a living cell within the consciousness of the universe. Like the Sun, which later gave birth to its planets, each galaxy gave birth to the suns within its massive body.

Although the central sun of each galaxy distributes a constant supply of higher energy from the Creator to the manifest universe, the central suns do not radiate physical light and are therefore invisible to the human eye. (The photograph above shows a cluster of stars gathered near the center of that galaxy, not a central sun.)

To appreciate the scale of Creation, radio astronomy has given us some idea of the total count of galaxies in existence. Currently, there are believed to be between 100 and 125 billion galaxies in existence in the universe.

The Three Aspects of the Creator

Before Creation, there existed only Infinite Being as perfect, unchanging consciousness.

Then, Infinite Being entered an active mode in order to achieve Creation by using the three creative principles of thought, feeling, and motion. This active expression of Infinite Being then created the nine-density structure within the envelope of the universe.

Those three creative principles also represent the divine functions of creation, preservation, and sustenance as performed by the Founders, the Watchers, and the Central Sun of the universe.

The Founders

The Founders of life in the universe, or Lords of Creation, are the fundamental designers of all that exists.

As humans are created in the likeness of Creator consciousness, we mold the world in ways that we see fit.

The Watchers

These are the guardians of all of Creation. The Watchers, or Lords of Karma, ceaselessly observe and adjust the universe to keep it in perfect balance in accordance with the all-pervasive law of action and reaction.

The function of the Watchers is to protect all life in the universe. When necessary, they immerse themselves into the deeper densities in order to manage details or to initiate new projects within the universe. One such project is very familiar to us: The creation of human consciousness and its gradual immersion into deeper, and therefore more sharply-focused, layers of density.

Like all layers of consciousness, we are directly connected to the Watchers. They are part of the spiritual lineage which connects us to the ultimate state from which we all came, that of Infinite Being.

In third-density physical existence, karma is often perceived as a negative because it reflects every thought and action, including fear and hate, with fear being a reminder that courage is essential to human evolution. However, karma is simply a law of natural, perfect balance as it guarantees that all created thoughts and actions generate appropriate experiences. In physics, it is stated as the law, “Action and reaction are opposite and equal.” It is neither positive nor negative. It provides a neutral reflection of who you are now.

When a person moves from material consciousness into heart-centered consciousness, it may appear that their old karmic pattern has ended. It has. In its place is a reflection of the new person and their unconditional love for all. As a fundamental law of the universe, however, karma never ceases to exist. This property of creational action is interwoven in the fabric of the living universe.

The Central Sun of the Universe

This is the power source of all life in the created universe. From it, energy flows in a vibrational cascade down through the central suns of the galaxies and the suns of each solar system, providing cosmic, spiritual, mental, etheric, and physical energies as needed by all life forms.

Beyond the Universe – Infinite Being

Infinite Being is the indivisible One, the origin of All That Is. The nine densities of this universe are held within its consciousness.

The Ultimate in Human Potential

As the one Creator immersed itself into the deeper layers of its own Creation, it progressively expanded the possibilities for exploration. Today, as expressions of Infinite Being, we function as self-aware humans, operating under unique conditions in this grand adventure called life.

As we gain human experience and progressively increase our awareness, we become spiritual humans. Then we become ascended humans and, eventually, we rejoin the larger, cosmic scheme of things on our path back to the original source from which we came.

Energetically, we exist, not just in third density, but on all density levels of Creation. We are one with Infinite Being in its ultimate state and we are connected to all of its levels of manifestation. While the One Creator is the original creative power, we are also endowed with the ability to create our reality as a living reflection of our thoughts, our beliefs, and our view of life and its possibilities. Within us, we have unlimited potential to create lives which are full of joy, purpose and meaning.

Within your life, you can choose any path that you determine, and, once you set an intention, a pathway opens up for you to fulfill that intention. As soon as you make a definite intention as to your new reality, the universe begins to reorganize itself around that new reality.

Now, to amplify that power of creativity to almost miraculous levels, consciously align yourself with your inner being and determine what is most important to you at that deepest level. Your fifth-density inner being is your soul level of consciousness. It is your own personal doorway to a full connection to Infinite Being. When you re-affirm your connection with your inner being, you are connecting to the very level of consciousness which has the most creative power.

In aligning with your inner self, you can fulfill any potential that you can imagine and become a living expression of your desired path through life. Your conscious alignment with such inner creative power will make synchronicity flow. It will open doorways along the way and dissolve barriers, making your pathway smooth and natural. (To study this more deeply, read the e-book, Soul Inspiration by Owen Waters.)

Your inner self is your personal connection to Infinite Being and it is the source of your spiritual empowerment. State consciously that you intend to work with the full range of your own consciousness and then watch miracles unfold within your life!

Tell a Friend…

by Owen Waters

The courageous Professor Peter Higgs passed away in April, 2024. Starting in 1964, he had quietly but relentlessly championed the return of a universal all-pervasive field to the world of physics.

His Higgs Mechanism explains the origin of the property of mass in subatomic particles. It requires the existence of an all-pervasive field and it also predicted the existence of a previously undetected particle, now called the Higgs boson.

When the existence of this new particle was proved at CERN’s Large Hadron Collider in Switzerland, popular literature picked up on its fundamental importance and called it the God Particle!

This corrects the wrong turn taken by science over a century ago when an erroneous experiment failed to detect the aether and, instead of admitting failure, declared that the aether did not exist. This set back the progress of energy research for many decades.

In the 1800s, the science world accepted the existence of the “luminiferous aether”, an all-pervasive field which is the medium through which light is transmitted. At the time, the electrical pioneer Michael Faraday firmly believed in the “luminiferous aether” as an all-pervasive fabric of space. He went on to discover the principles that made possible the electric generator, motor, and transformer.

In the early 1900s, Nikola Tesla, ignoring the faulty experiment, firmly believed in the aether and, among many other advances, gave the world alternating current technology, making long-distance electrical transmission possible.

Today, the all-pervasive field is back, after being lost to physics for over a century. Next, progressive science minds will sense the tide change in physics and take the next steps by unraveling the damage caused by the theoretical concept of spacetime, which was invented as a substitute for the aether.

Spacetime was embedded into the counter-intuitive theory of relativity, which tries to tell us that we will never be able to travel faster than the speed of light. I doubt that is the belief of the ET visitors who travel back and forth hundred of light years to come and visit and see how close we are to being ready for open contact.

Relativity is one of those observer-bound ideas that thinks that the outside world is governed by the mind of the observer. In truth, the cosmos has its own rules and does not require humans to bring things into existence. For example, when you look at the Pleiades in the night sky, you’re not creating what you see. You’re seeing an image of how the stars looked 500 years ago because that is how long their light took to reach you. It’s the same thing with the question of whether a tree falling in a forest makes a sound if you’re not there to hear it. Yes, it does make a sound even if no one is there to hear it.

The following example shows why relativity is counter-intuitive. Two cars are traveling toward each other at a steady speed of 60 miles per hour each. They pass and continue their journeys in opposite directions at that speed. Then, one hour after the point where they passed each other they will be 120 miles apart, one car having traveled from the meeting point 60 miles in one direction and the other car having traveled 60 miles in the opposite direction. Their speed relative to each other added up to produce a cumulative 120 miles of separation in one hour. So far, so good. Common sense reigns.

With relativity theory, however, common sense flies out the window. It says that if two spaceships are traveling toward each other, both traveling at 0.8 times the speed of light, their relative speed cannot add up to 1.6 times the speed of light because nothing can exceed the speed of light. Make sense? No, of course not and, yet, this kind of relative spacetime nonsense has helped keep aether theory suppressed for over a century, severely hampering progress in energy research.

Today, thanks to the courageous persistence of Professor Peter Higgs, we have the aether back, albeit under a new name. But, will it be called the Higgs field in popular usage? I rather like the title of Lynne McTaggart’s book which simply called it The Field, with a capital “F”. Renaming the aether as “the Field” certainly helps avoid confusion over certain energy definitions. You see, “the aether” and “etheric energy” are two energies that sound the same but are actually as different as yin and yang.

So, let’s review those definitions as given in one of the chapters of my book, Spiritual Metaphysics: Answers to the Great Mysteries of Life.

The Field is a subtle, fluid, magnetic energy which fills all space. It is the fabric of space.

Etheric energy has been given many names, for example zero point energy, prana, chi or qi, orgone, the fifth element, tachyon energy, and vacuum energy. A more subtle cousin to electricity, etheric energy is the life force that streams towards us from the Sun, energizing and motivating all forms of life. In summary…

Etheric energy is universal life energy. Like all energies, it travels within the Field.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Wholeness is integrity without the “shoulds.”

Integrity, according to the dictionary, can mean wholeness, but it can also be interpreted in a way that carries a lot of baggage.

This add-on baggage includes self-defeating concepts like “should,” “try to,” and “high” standards. All of these concepts are facets of Old Reality consciousness.

The frequency of consciousness in the New Reality is heart-centered. Unconditional love comes naturally; you need only let it flow through your heart and allow that energy to be who you are.

When you shift to the higher consciousness of the New Reality, the universe reorganizes itself around you to reflect that higher reality. Externally-imposed rules are replaced by internal, love-based choices.

To become whole is to become harmoniously fully-functional. In such a reality, you treat yourself and others with unconditional love and care. To care less than that for yourself, or less than that for others, would mean being less than whole.

The keyword of the Old Reality was separation. The keyword for the New Reality is integrity or integration, as in a sense of wholeness. An integrated self does not have opposing parts which foster a loss of self-love and self-acceptance.

The Old Reality’s view of integrity was defined by people who didn’t want to be whole, and didn’t want you to be whole. By separating people’s beliefs into opposing, arguing, self-defeating parts, there was always room for someone “superior” to be in charge and therefore maintain the social order of that time.

In the New Reality, however, the frequency of consciousness is different. When you allow yourself to be in tune with the New Reality, you no longer strive to be separate from others, nor strive to maintain opposing, separative points of view within yourself.

The New Reality is heart-based. When you see fear for the hollow illusion that it is, and allow your heart chakra to open to everyone in your life, then your actions are determined by your unconditional love for others around you and, equally, for yourself. When your heart opens up to loving yourself as much as anyone else, then you want the best for yourself, just as much as any parent wants the best for their child.

The Old Reality sees love of self as an egocentric problem. The New Reality recognizes that, if Infinite Being – the essence within all things – is infinite love, then perhaps it’s time to get in tune with the greater reality and wholly respect yourself. Besides, a heart-based reality is not an egocentric level of consciousness. It exists at a different frequency. To be specific, fourth-density rather than the old third-density.

Wholeness comes with a chakra shift, a shift of focus from the third to the fourth chakra, from the solar plexus to the heart. The fourth chakra channels heart-based, unconditional love.

With the shift to love energy comes wholeness of mind, body and spirit.

The shift to love is one big step in the direction of who you are, and who we all are. Remember, deep down inside…

We are all Infinite Being.

*Owen Waters is the author of the classic 2005 book, The Shift: The Revolution in Human Consciousness, which popularized the term The Shift to describe the revolution in consciousness since the 1960s.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

In the 1979 sci-fi comedy, The Hitchhiker’s Guide to the Galaxy, the supercomputer Deep Thought was set the task of determining the answer to the ultimate question of Life, the Universe and Everything.

After eons of calculations, Deep Thought solemnly declared that it had reached a conclusion, but the audience of scientists might not like the answer. “It would have been simpler”, Deep Thought continued, “to have known what the actual question was.”

“But,” replied the head scientist, “it was the Question. The Ultimate Question!”

“Yes, but what actually is it?” countered Deep Thought.

“Everything! You know … just EVERYTHING!”

“That’s not a question. Only when you know what the actual question is will you know what the answer means.”

After more prompting, the scientists coaxed Deep Thought into revealing, regardless, whatever answer it had come up with after working on this problem for eons.

“The answer is… Forty-two!”

Since then, after the 1979 book and the two movie versions that followed, the number “42” has become enshrined as the lighthearted answer to any unanswerable question.

Recently, I was reflecting on the original 1981 TV movie with its many comedic elements like Marvin, the genuine people-personality robot (depressive model) who typically ended sentences with, “Isn’t it awful?”

Then, I started wondering what the ultimate question could have been. There was, of course, the one big question that had remained unanswered for several millennia. It was considered the greatest mystery of all time… WHY the universe was created. After all, mystics would reason, if the Absolute is perfect and unchanging in all ways, why would it decide to create a universe where a state of imperfection could be evolved back to a state of perfection it already had?

In these days of The Shift to higher consciousness, many mystical secrets are being revealed to people who are ready. In the year 2007, I was given the answer to this very question when I was visited by an ascended master. The full story of this experience is recounted in my book, Spiritual Metaphysics: Answers to the Great Mysteries of Life, and this is the answer as it was given to me in its concise, all-encompassing form:

“Curiosity was the first seed of action.”

Notice the word seed, as in, that from which everything else grew. Action (or motion) is the third component of the Law of Creation, the one that makes the first two components usable. In order to create the universe as we know it, Infinite Being, stirred by curiosity, divided its consciousness into two complementary aspects – thought and feeling (or yang and yin) – then set them into motion.

A good candidate for another ultimate question might be, “How was the universe created?” What happened next after the Creator aspect of Infinite Being decided to take action and realized that the Law of Creation was the key to creating a universe teeming with life and endless possibilities?

The Details of the Creation of the Universe

When you look at the works of the Creator, you can see that the trinary nature of the Law of Creation (thought plus feeling plus motion) appears and keeps appearing throughout Creation like a cascade of triplication effects. Everywhere you look at the way Creation was designed, there are three-of-everythings.

To create the initial structure of the universe, three areas were necessary – Laws, Levels, and Attributes. That is, Laws or principles by which the universe would run, different Levels of existence through which the adventure of life would evolve, and the Attributes or dimensional properties of matter.

Each one of those three initial areas was morphed into a three by three matrix of nine items, thereby creating nine Laws, nine Levels, and nine Attributes.

The Nine Laws or Principles of the Universe

The Laws are guidelines for consciousness. The most familiar of the nine physical-world laws is the Law of Karma. Another example is the Law of Evolution, which provides a constant desire to travel the path home to Source. Other laws include Unity and Diversity, which explains why acceptance of every person as a unique individual leads to harmonious unity in society.

The Nine Density Levels of the Universe

Of the nine density levels of existence, the physical earth currently exits in upper third density. When the ascension event arrives, it will happen as a solar energy event. This means that all physical planets in the solar system will be energetically upgraded from third density to fourth density. On Ascension Day, as strange as it may seem, if an outside observer is watching this region of third-density space, it will look as though our solar system just disappeared!

The Nine Dimensional Attributes of Matter

The nine dimensional attributes include space, time, and various expressions of energies. It is interesting to note that space is just one of the nine dimensions, even though it has three varieties (length, depth, and height). Time is another single dimension with three varieties. These are: Everyday linear time, experiential time (which varies with frequency of consciousness), and, just to add variety to one’s journey through life, parallel timelines!

Other dimensions include the amount of electric, magnetic, and etheric energies within atomic particles. Perhaps the most interesting dimension is that of Location. This is the attribute that lets an object know where it belongs in the universe. In the future, when we have recorded the subtle signature tones of various locations, we will create teleportation vehicles which can change their location energy signatures to re-position themselves at new locations. Instantaneous travel! And, no doubt, this will be a whole lot nicer than airline travel.

So, we now have a more detailed answer to the question, “How was the universe created?” Can we, like Deep Thought, reduce it to a number that challenges the comedic answer, “42”?

We could start by counting the creation of the original three categories – Laws, Levels, and Attributes. Then, add in the nine items within each one. Nine times three categories – that’s twenty-seven – plus the original three from which they were created, for a total count of…

“Thirty!”

Well, at least it answers a real question, and…

The Ultimate Answer is 30, not 42.

For further study and to discover all of the Laws, Levels and Attributes in detail, be sure to read my classic collection of metaphysical discoveries, Spiritual Metaphysics: Answers to the Great Mysteries of Life.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

The world is changing rapidly. The New Reality brings with it a new and expanded vista of awareness. In order to operate successfully in the new environment, you have to apply the new principles which come with that expanded vision, with that greater vista of reality.

This empowers you to awaken to your expanded potential and to manifest it.

Metaphysics is a philosophy of being, a study of the underlying principles of existence. The holistic approach to metaphysics provides a philosophy based upon an integrated foundation of mind, body and spirit. This spirit-inclusive approach is essential in order to understand the wider vista of consciousness which the New Reality presents.

Without the spiritual component of metaphysical philosophy, the mysteries of life remain forever mysteries. Life did not evolve accidentally from a pool of prehistoric sludge; it was brought into being by the precise intention of the Creator. The key to understanding the grand design of life is, therefore, to seek to understand more about the workings of its designer.

If, for example, you had never seen a jet aircraft and, suddenly, one flew overhead, you might wonder if it was propelled by that loud noise that it makes. The real answer, however, can be better found in the designers’ office at the aircraft factory, and so it is with life. If you think about how the designer of the universe could have achieved something, then you will find answers much more quickly than if you wonder how such an ‘accident of evolution’ could have happened.

Why did the Creator create life as we know it? How did it go about that task? What underlying principles that we can learn from this? The greater vista of the New Reality enables us to clearly comprehend principles which, before, were mysteries.

Here are ten such principles which will help you appreciate the expanded vista of consciousness offered by the New Reality.

1. All is one.
Everything in Creation is an expression of Infinite Being. Infinite Being is the all-encompassing consciousness from which the universe was created. Everything in the universe is made of consciousness. We are all aspects of Infinite Being.

2. Transformation.
The world is experiencing a spiritual transformation of human consciousness. It began decades ago and is now reaching its climactic phase. It is leading to an ascension of all physical matter into a higher frequency of existence. In that new environment, the upgraded consciousness of humanity will actively work to bring an end to global strife and suffering. This new era of civilization will be achieved by a widespread awareness of the underlying unity of all people.

3. Purpose in life.
Just as each snowflake is unique, so is each person. Your primary purpose in life is to experience life from one individual, unique point of view. You are an expression of Infinite Being as it experiences itself from all possible viewpoints.

4. Reflectance.
Life reflects who you are – your beliefs, your thoughts and your feelings. This is the basic principle behind the teaching of karma and the fact that you reap what you sow by creating a pattern of thought that attracts like experience to itself. Reflectance is often delayed while your circumstances adjust to allow appropriate reflections to manifest.

5. Self-responsibility.
You create your own reality and take personal responsibility for it. Your life is a reflection of who you are and the experiences that you, as a soul, planned for this life.

6. Life after ‘death.’
From the point of view of your true, inner personality, passing away from the physical realm is like stepping out of a suit that you have worn for a while. The suit is not the real you. In your spirit body, you move into the spirit realm, which is a place of joy and healing. After meeting friends and relatives who have passed on before, you start work on resolving any issues which caused inner conflict in your physical life. You remember more about who you really are and experience a joyful reunion with the rest of your immediate and extended soul family.

7. Reincarnation.
Reincarnation exists to provide a variety of experience, so that life skills may be gained, and so that, while in a physical body, you can rediscover your spiritual source within.

8. Truth is everywhere.
The ultimate truth is to be found within, yet the study of a variety of sources of information helps you to reawaken and remember your inner truth.

9. Unconditional love.
Unconditional love and the acceptance of all life puts your awareness into a higher place, allowing understanding and compassion to develop. This love and acceptance of others is a recognition of the spiritual light within those people and is not dependent upon their outward behavior. Unconditional love also includes a general respect for the beliefs of others, regardless of how much they may, or may not, align with your own beliefs.

10. Inner connection and insight.
Inner connection with your spiritual source promotes spiritual transformation and the achievement of your true potential. Developing intuition, both in men and women, provides an essential insight into life’s experiences.

*Owen Waters is the author of Ascension to a Higher World.

Tell a friend…

by Dreama Vance

There is a place within me. I call it the dwelling place. It is a place where I can sit down and just be. It is a place where I can rest. I can let go of all the cares and worries of the world. I can be quiet and shut out the noise of the day. So sometimes I call it the resting place.

It is a place. It is a place within me where I can go and be still.

Just for five minutes I can rest and be still.

I don’t have to pray. I don’t have to ask for anything. I don’t have to save the world and I don’t have to be spiritual. I don’t have to use the right words or the right techniques to find God, understand God or have God do anything for me.

I can just rest and be still.

Oh, it is a blessed place to just be quiet and not have to do anything.

As I rest in this place within my being, it feels like the lap of water against the side of a moored sailboat. That gentle rocking motion, so soothing. It flows over me, rocking me, soothing and calming. Like a babe rocked in mother’s arms, held close to the heart, the fretfulness falls away. Peace is restored. I can breathe again, I notice, as I release a deep sigh.

The dwelling place. It renews me. It restores me. I want to live in this place all the time. That is why I call it the dwelling place. I want to reside here, dwell here. I know such peace in this place. I feel beautiful here; beauty surrounds me.

I feel nurtured here in this place. All of the broken pieces of me are knit up. I’m not broken any more. I am made whole again.

I notice the Sun is shining gently, smiling on my spirit. Everything is gentle in this place. It is a place of ease and flow. Ease and flow. I call this grace. This grace flows through me and I am part of it.

It is my dwelling place.

It is my dwelling place.

*Recommendation: For the how-to manual on achieving bliss consciousness, see Owen Waters latest e-book, “Higher Consciousness: Finding Peace and Joy Above the Noise.”

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Many spiritual seekers have a nagging doubt about life, one which comes and goes and sometimes troubles them deeply. They intuitively feel that they are here on Earth to help humanity, but they just can’t seem to figure out what exactly they are supposed to be doing about it.

The problem really comes from our current training in Western society. We are taught, from a very early age, to do things and achieve outward results, to build monuments of our outward ‘doingness’ for all to see.

But, what about ‘beingness?’

The answer to the dilemma lies in understanding that there is a difference between doing and being, and your state of being does make a difference. It actually affects the mass consciousness of the world. As pointed out in the article, How You Make the World a Better Place, the research behind the Hawkins Scale of Consciousness reveals the enormous power of just being, especially when you raise your consciousness in order to be the best you can be. You can support literally millions of people on planet Earth just by virtue of who you are, by being a person conscious at one of the higher chakra levels.

To reach 500 on the Hawkins Scale of Consciousness, a person needs to be spiritually conscious. At this level, unconditional love and unconditional forgiveness become alive and well in their reality. Here, one person counterbalances 750,000 people who are below the 200 level that is critical for long-term human survival.

When a person has practiced meditation long and diligently enough to attain bliss consciousness at the 600 level, they are, at that moment, counterbalancing 10 million people below the 200 level.

Your chakra system is designed to receive energy from the cosmos and from the local environment. Your thoughts and feelings condition this life energy as it passes through you as it goes out into the mental environment, which is the atmosphere of the global mind or mind belt. The chakras are receiving and transmitting devices for mental and life energy. An individual is like a radio station – you transmit whatever program you are playing internally.

When you are operating from the frequencies of your upper chakra levels, you are operating in spiritual service to the world. You are spiritually conditioning the atmosphere of the global mind belt and making the world a better place.

While you are here on Earth, you are contributing who you are – your thoughts, your dreams and your passion for life – into the atmosphere of a global mind that is hungry for – more than anything else – spiritual light.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Do we still have unimaginable potential just waiting to be unlocked?

When you examine the functioning of the human brain, the answer is a resounding, “Yes!”

The human brain includes right and left hemispheres. These operate in different contexts as they perform different functions. In most people, the left hemisphere is primarily detail-oriented, while the right hemisphere is visually oriented and recognizes patterns.

The right hemisphere recognizes the picture, the overview or the context, while the left brain translates that image into words. When you look at a person who seems to be someone you knew a long time ago, you recognize the pattern of that person’s face long before their name catches up. You move in for a closer look, while trying not to stare, and your left brain is thinking, “Oh, that’s um, oh… I’ll never forget, um, what’s-his-name.”

The detail-oriented, left-brain hemisphere provides these functions:

• Logic.
• Sequential perception.
• Rational analysis.
• Precision.
• The sense of time passing at a fixed speed.
• The translation of visual images from the right side of the brain into words.

The pattern-recognizing, right-brain hemisphere provides these functions:

• Spatial awareness – the ability to imagine, and operate within, three-dimensional space.
• Whole picture overview – the recognition of patterns of light, sound or thought.
• Dealing with thoughts in their natural, symbolic form.
• Artistic ability – visual imagery.
• Musical ability.
• Memory.
• The experience of emotions.
• The dream state.
• The reception of intuitive impressions.

In education, the left side of the brain is promoted much more than the right. Much attention is paid to arithmetic and word skills, while art and music receive little, and intuitive development doesn’t get any.

When you drive at a constant speed, your right brain, with its spatial awareness, monitors the road ahead for pattern changes. If you engage in a conversation while driving, using left-brain word skills, and something in the traffic pattern requires your attention, you have to switch your primary focus over to your right brain in order to deal with it. This explains why conversation stops as you attend to making a turn. The turn doesn’t require that much attention, but it does require a whole switch of brain sides, so the conversation stops for that short time.

Music naturally resonates with the right side of the mind. Did you ever sing along with a Golden Oldies song, one that you hadn’t heard for years? Weren’t you amazed at how many of the lyrics you remembered? How could you possibly roll out, from memory, line after line of lyrics that you hadn’t heard in years? The answer lies in the right brain, where music is experienced and, also, memories are stored. You never had to use your left brain to laboriously remember the lyrics. When you heard the songs, they played into your right brain and were automatically stored in your right-brain memory, waiting to be recalled, sometimes decades later.

Right-brain development can include artistic and musical ability, which can be used to make your immediate surroundings look and sound beautiful.

To see how art skills turn on the right side of the brain, try drawing a picture of your left hand, only without looking at the paper you’re drawing on. As your right hand draws the outline of your left hand on paper, there will be a point at which your thinking flips over to the right brain. You’ll probably start the drawing in a linear style that prefers simple, straight lines, then suddenly switch to a more complex style that sees all the slight curves and details, appreciates their beauty, and starts to include them.

Quality of life can be enhanced enormously with more right-brain attention. Imagine, the luxury of living in a world where communities are designed to calm your senses and inspire you with the sights, sounds and smells of a beautiful environment.

Your spiritual connection is developed through the right side of the brain. Meditation provides inner peace and the development of intuition, which, in turn, provides necessary insights into your life’s path.

As right-brain activity is enhanced, your normal functioning becomes more whole-brain, and both hemispheres begin to be used in balance. The two hemispheres of the brain are connected by a large band of nervous tissue called the corpus callosum. This connecting band of tissue is larger in women than in men, raising the question,

“What are women known for having more of than men?”

Now, there could be many lighthearted answers to this question – abilities like perseverance while shopping, holding long, meaningful conversations, and – most of all – being able to ask for directions when lost!

However, the biggest difference is women’s intuition. It’s not that men don’t have intuition, it’s just that women tend to have more of it.

In order to develop our latent abilities, and our spiritual potential, we need to feel our way into a deeper experience of that feeling-oriented, right side of the brain, just as we have thought our way into developing the word-oriented left side of the brain.

We need to become more accustomed to using the language of the right side of the brain. The right brain uses symbols and pictures, not words. Symbols can be visual, and they can be complete information packets – thought balls, which are whole pictures containing thoughts and feelings.

To operate in the right brain means to grasp concepts without words, feeling them, knowing them, letting the left-brain logic wait until our sense knowingness has had the chance to become more than it was before.

If you are new to the art of paying attention to your intuition, then you will need a little practice before proficiency is achieved. Your initial attempts may seem like failures, but that’s only to be expected at the outset.

Practice by being receptive to the “still, small voice within” of your intuition. The more you pay attention to your intuitive insights, the more you grow to realize how profoundly correct they are.

Practice makes perfect, and a you’ll achieve good results a lot sooner than you might expect. Just keep track of all your insights and, with a little dedicated practice, you’ll be amazed at their accuracy.

*Owen Waters is the author of Spiritual Metaphysics: Answers to the Great Mysteries of Life.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

What is there to hold on to?

The primary purpose of experiencing life on Earth is to discover what is real.

We spend our lives coming here, going there, trying this and trying that. We acquire physical things and eventually let them go. Life’s experiences pass by like so much water under the bridge.

One constant in all of life’s ever-changing realities is the inner observer. This aspect of your inner self is present in all of life’s experiences, watching, learning, remembering. However, when you go even deeper than this, you reach the underlying basis of all consciousness, the awareness that, simply, you exist.

The Great “I Am” Presence

You are one individual viewpoint of the great I Am, the consciousness of All That Is, the all-inclusive and all-embracing Infinite Being.

Consciousness is reality. Experiences may change from minute to minute, but underneath the flow of experiences lies that constant awareness, the sense of being that says, “I am.”

Life is about experiences which unfold at different locations in space and time. Space, however, is merely a construct of the Creator’s consciousness. The concept of space was created to allow an infinite variety of viewpoints to exist.

Time is also a construct of consciousness. Time enables change within space, making events and experiences possible.

Is physical matter a construct of consciousness? Matter is composed of energy, and energy, like all things in life, is a construct of consciousness.

The Definition of Energy

Energy is compressed consciousness.

Each unit of energy is formed by counter-rotating vortexes of Intent. These vortexes push together to form a tiny sphere of compressed consciousness within their center, which becomes a particle of living energy.

Intent and Love in motion are the original, fundamental principles used in Infinite Being’s creation of the universe. Like thought and feeling, these aspects of being operate as complements to each other, and yet each one can be defined as an underlying, fundamental principle. When intent, the principle of thought, and love, the principle of feeling, are set into motion, then one invokes the other. The same complementary action occurs in electromagnetism when electricity is set into motion. The electrons – particles of compressed, original Intent – invoke a complementary magnetic field within the fabric of space.

The fabric of space is created by the Love aspect of the Creator. Love is the aspect of Infinite Being which provides the supportive matrix upon which all else is built. From the point of view of physics, the fabric of space would be defined as pure, inert, magnetic energy. Or, at least, it would be if physics had gotten around to defining it yet. It used to be called the aether, but its properties were not fully understood at the time. Physics, for the most part, does not currently believe in the aether, does not currently believe in a Creator of the universe, and, as a result, has no idea why particles of energy exhibit signs of consciousness.

The Original Creation

Before the original Creation occurred, Infinite Being formed an expression of itself which was to become the Creator of the universe. Then, as the One Creator, it focused its Intent, expressed its Love, and brought these two aspects of Itself into motion. All of the universe was build upon these underlying principles, which make possible the facets of Creation such as time, space, energy and matter.

A universe in motion makes possible the changes we call experience. But if life is constantly changing, then what is there to hold on to? What is unchangingly real?

Unchanging reality is to be found beneath those fundamental aspects of the Creator’s Intent and Love in motion. Infinite Being is the underlying reality. Infinite Being is all that is, it never changes. ‘Being’ is pure potential, whereas ‘doing’ is the acting out of that potential.

The underlying reality of Infinite Being is complete beingness. Infinite Being is real. It never changes. It always is; just is.

How do you connect with reality? By meditating, by using the affirmation, “I am Infinite Being,” you can build your connection daily to the true reality which lies within you.

When you make spirituality your number one priority at the start of each day, then daily meditation becomes a habit, something which occurs with ease. By building that inner bridge to reality, you are empowering your own potential and also helping to shift the global mind towards enlightenment.

Owen Waters is the author of Four Powerful Steps to Spiritual Enlightenment and Freedom of the Spirit, which contains the FREEdom technique. This frees your spirit to soar to new heights of spiritual awareness by combining today’s most proven and time-tested spiritual practices in one powerful and effective package.

Tell a friend…

by Dreama Vance

“She walks in beauty, like the night
Of cloudless climes and starry skies;”

This well-loved poem by Lord Byron is about a beautiful woman, but for me, it has always represented Gaia. Do you see the Earth as she dances, spinning across the starlit sky? Do you see her as she turns from dark to bright?

The poem goes on to describe her attributes of goodness, serenity, peace and calmness, implying an elegant, regal nature. Is this not Gaia herself?

Many years ago while visiting Big Bend National Park in Texas, I somehow quite miraculously fell in love with the Earth. In this isolated area, within a 24-hour period, I fell absolutely in love with her. I cried like my heart was broken when I had to leave and return to my normal everyday life. During that brief time, in the way of mystery, she called me to walk the beauty path.

If you fall in love with her and whisper your heart’s desire to also walk the beauty path, she will begin to reveal her secrets to you.

Teachers will come to you to share her wisdom. If you partake of this wisdom, you will find your life entwined with her heart, just like two lovers in an embrace.

If you can be still enough… if you can quiet your mind and open your heart, she will sing to you.

Her song will play upon your inner being, revealing to you such wonders. Majesty and grandeur beyond imagination – LIFE ever living, renewing. She carries the heart of every living creature within her own beating heart.

If you are quiet, you will feel that heart beat. Like a baby in the womb, carried under the heart of the mother, we are nurtured, held in comfort and safety. We are connected as our heart vibrates in rhythm with hers, becoming one heart.

As you shelter in her arms, as you partake of foods from the Goddess, she will teach you the beauty path. You will become one with her rhythms, breathing with her breath and dancing with her divine nature. Her wisdom becomes your wisdom. Her cycles become your cycles. The depth of her spirit begins to deepen yours. Her peace soaks into your being.

Life becomes so much more than our daily existence.

“She walks in beauty,” and so will you.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

The Hundredth Monkey Effect was first introduced by biologist Lyall Watson in his 1980 book, Lifetide. He reported that Japanese primatologists, who were studying Macaques monkeys in the wild in the 1950s, had stumbled upon a surprising phenomenon.

Japanese snow monkeys

His book was soon followed up with a deeply inspired work by Ken Keyes in 1981, called The Hundredth Monkey Effect. In this, Ken Keyes made an impassioned appeal for an end to the Cold War and its policy of mutually assured destruction. Here, in the words of Ken Keyes, is a description of the key elements of the Hundredth Monkey Effect:

“The Japanese monkey, Macaca fuscata, had been observed in the wild for a period of over 30 years.

“In 1952, on the island of Koshima, scientists were providing monkeys with sweet potatoes dropped in the sand. The monkeys liked the taste of the raw sweet potatoes, but they found the dirt unpleasant.

“An 18-month-old female named Imo found she could solve the problem by washing the potatoes in a nearby stream. She taught this trick to her mother. Her playmates also learned this new way and they taught their mothers too.

“This cultural innovation was gradually picked up by various monkeys before the eyes of the scientists.

“Between 1952 and 1958 all the young monkeys learned to wash the sandy sweet potatoes to make them more palatable.

“Only the adults who imitated their children learned this social improvement. Other adults kept eating the dirty sweet potatoes.

“Then something startling took place. In the autumn of 1958, a certain number of Koshima monkeys were washing sweet potatoes — the exact number is not known.

“Let us suppose that when the sun rose one morning there were 99 monkeys on Koshima Island who had learned to wash their sweet potatoes.

“Let’s further suppose that later that morning, the hundredth monkey learned to wash potatoes.

“Then it happened!

“By that evening almost everyone in the tribe was washing sweet potatoes before eating them.

“The added energy of this hundredth monkey somehow created an ideological breakthrough!

“But notice.

“A most surprising thing observed by these scientists was that the habit of washing sweet potatoes then jumped over the sea –

“Colonies of monkeys on other islands and the mainland troop of monkeys at Takasakiyama began washing their sweet potatoes.

“Thus, when a certain critical number achieves an awareness, this new awareness may be communicated from mind to mind.

“Although the exact number may vary, this Hundredth Monkey Phenomenon means that when only a limited number of people know of a new way, it may remain the conscious property of these people.

“But there is a point at which if only one more person tunes-in to a new awareness, a field is strengthened so that this awareness is picked up by almost everyone!”

Lyall Watson had originally researched and assembled the story from the available testimonies of the primate researchers. Because the phenomenon took the researchers so much by surprise, they had not counted how many monkeys it took to trigger this effect. So, Watson proposed an arbitrary figure of ninety-nine monkeys, and said that one more, the so-called one-hundredth monkey, would then provide the critical mass of consciousness necessary to trigger the effect.

The new behavior pattern spread to most, but not all, of the monkeys. Older monkeys, in particular, remained steadfast in their established behavior patterns and resisted change. When the new behavior pattern suddenly appeared among monkey troupes on other islands, only a few monkeys on those islands picked up on the new idea. The ones most receptive to new ideas started imitating the new behavior and demonstrating it to the impressionable younger ones. Thus, they too began their own path toward their eventual hundredth monkey effect.

How the Hundredth Monkey Effect Works

The mechanism for this transference of ideas works the same way for monkeys as it does for all sentient beings. We exist within a global atmosphere of consciousness – a mind belt. The human brain is constantly receiving and transmitting mental pictures and information to and from that mental atmosphere in which we are immersed.

The mind belt, otherwise known as Jung’s collective unconscious, does not cease to function because a few skeptics don’t like its effects. It functions just like it always has, passing information from one individual to another based upon their common frequency of consciousness. If progressive monkeys had a new idea, then so did other progressive monkeys on other islands. They resonated at the same frequency of consciousness.

Inventions often occur at the same time by inventors who are not in physical contact with each other. For example, in 1941, Les Paul designed and built the first solid-body electric guitar just when Leo Fender of Fender Musical Instruments was doing exactly the same thing.

Have you ever had an idea, then seen other people express or use that idea. You probably said, “Hey! I thought of that first!” Well, that’s the way the mind belt works. It’s an atmosphere that you share with all other sentient beings, but you tune in especially to the particular topics and frequencies of mind that interest you the most.

What This means to The Shift

The Shift is the awakening of humanity’s heart. This transformation of consciousness, the greatest one ever recorded, first became apparent in the mid-1960s and has been building momentum ever since.

The Shift is a collective transformation consisting of the sum of each individual’s step into the New Reality. Each person, in their own time, is moving forward into a stage of consciousness which brings a wider vista and an awareness which springs from the heart. When enough people’s primary attention becomes focused through their heart chakras, then the hundredth monkey effect will occur.

When enough people have gone through their personal version of The Shift to the new consciousness, then a critical mass will form and suddenly everyone will become aware of the New Reality and its heart-centered values.

That is the day when heart-centered values will become the focus of everyday thinking for the vast majority of people. That is the day when humanity will begin to look back on what has changed and realize that a massive shift has occurred, one that will be simply be referred to as The Shift.

The Power of Lightworkers

The term “The Shift” was popularized by the 2005 book, The Shift, to describe the revolution in consciousness since the 1960s. Six thousand copies of the first edition were printed in 2005 and many more spiritual seekers were exposed to its concepts. Lightworkers, as always, inspired the mind belt with their uplifting ideas, in this case making “The Shift” a widely-used term in today’s world.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

To the physical mind, the world of dreams can seem to make no sense at all. In a dream, you can be in Location A, engaging in one activity and then, in a flash, be in Location B doing something completely different.

The big difference between dreaming and waking is that dreams use a different language than the physical mind. Nothing in a dream should be taken literally but when you treat everything as a symbol, they start to make sense. Then, the more you think about the symbols, the more you can actually discover and decode what is likely to be a message from your soul mind to your physical mind. Or, sometimes, it isn’t a profound message, it can be just your mind letting off steam by working through the stresses of the previous day.

Instant recall

Let’s say, for example, you awake from a dream that may contain a message from your soul mind. First rule of dream recall: When you awake, don’t move; don’t look at the clock, don’t even open your eyes. All of those things place you firmly back in your physical body where the memories of the night fade very rapidly.

Your physical brain is not the brain that had the dream. Sleep is an out-of-body experience where you travel in your spirit or astral body and use its etheric brain. Re-entry into the physical body draws the veil of sleep across the memory of your dream. So, to transfer the dream experience from your spirit brain to your physical brain, recall the whole dream from start to finish the moment you awake and before even moving a muscle.

Decoding dream symbols

Let’s say you had a dream where you were in a city on a gloomy day, hurrying toward an office building, then suddenly the scene switched to a walk in sunlit countryside next to a stream where you see birds take flight up into the blue sky.

The symbols in such a dream could be as follows: Pressure to perform your routine daytime job with the gloomy day reflecting how you feel about your work. The sudden shift to a pleasant scene symbolizes brighter possibilities ahead. The water in the stream symbolizes spirituality and the birds taking flight represent upliftment.

A translation of these symbols into physical thought could be that you should be prepared for an imminent opportunity to move into work that you find more inspiring. The message is sent from your soul mind in order to prepare you to be on special alert for thoughts and events that could open up new opportunities.

Dreams are real. They just use a different language than the brain with its physical world focus. Your soul sees the new possibilities that are about to arrive in your life and for good reason. Your soul creates those circumstances or, rather, co-creates them in cooperation with the other souls in your life.

Even after understanding that, dreams might still seem fictional because of the suddenly changing scenes and backgrounds. Actually, those are perfectly normal in the spirit world, which is where your dreams are carried out. New scenes and the objects contained therein are called thoughtforms.

Thoughtforms in the spirit world

When you dream, your spirit body is out of your physical body and you are located in the spirit realms. Your mind has the ability to create objects and even entire scenes out of the etheric energy in the air. These instant thoughtforms last only as long as you pay attention to them, so you can instantly replace them with yet another scene.

While we are on the subject, here are some little-known metaphysical principles relating to thoughtforms in the spirit world.

First, you create not just the scene, but the space which contains it. In the physical world, no one creates extra space. What you have in the physical world is a fixed amount of space but, in the spirit world, people create extra space all the time and then it dissolves when their attention turns away.

Second, another person might wander into the area in front of a dreaming person who has just created a whole scene in front of them, and never even see the dreaming person’s scene. That’s because the new arrival would need to be attuned to the dreamer’s mind to be able to perceive their creation. So, you could have a whole selection of scenes in created spaces, all quite happily occupying one common area of real space without conflicting with each other because each created scene has its own frequency signature that makes it exist in its own private space.

Third, commonly-shared thoughtforms gain power. This applies more to people who are living in the afterlife, not so much to dreaming night-trippers from the physical world. Let’s say that a man died in modern-day England in a country village. So, he goes through the usual afterlife re-orientation, maybe some healing, next is the necessary life review, and then he’s ready for life in the afterlife.

If he’s just a regular person with no special spiritual yearnings, he’ll be looking around for a familiar setting in which to settle and get over the trauma of being relocated to a strange new world where things are definitely not the same as they were. What better place to feel at home than the cozy pub he used to visit each evening to be with his friends?

Sure enough, in the spirit realms, vibrationally right above the village of the physical world is a re-creation of pretty much what he used to know, even down to the familiar pub where friendly conversation abounds and there’s a fireplace to keep you warm. What he doesn’t know is that the whole scene was created, not by bricks and timber and hard labor, but by the thought-form creations of the many people who have passed that way before him. People before him had wanted the familiar comfort of the old pub on the high street, created it, and then others followed, each one adding to the apparent solidity of the created thoughtform.

Each addition to the commonly-shared creation made the thoughtform more solid. It had transformed from a temporary creation of etheric energy into the more solid form of etheric matter. In the spirit world, etheric matter can last for years before it finally dissolves back to join the etheric energy that fills the atmosphere. It just needs the attention of people to maintain its existence because etheric energy and etheric matter respond to the creative pressure of mental energy. So, when you see a scene in a dream dissolve and another scene takes it place, it isn’t magic, it’s just the way things are in the more subtle realms of existence on this planet.

The cozy pub is just one possibility of a familiar place where a newcomer to the spirit realms can rest and adapt to their new life. Others may attend a church or move into a community of like-minded people. However, sooner or later, comfort turns into routine and then boredom as a person starts to seek more meaning in life. At this point, members of their soul family may help them into a higher sub-plane of the spirit realms to live with them and discover ways they can find purpose in helping the community.

In contrast, spiritual seekers in the afterlife tend to leave basic gatherings behind and venture up through the realms of the afterlife. They spend much time in the higher realms simply because the vibrations there make meditation so much deeper and productive in gaining enlightenment.

Soul messages

Your deepest sleep happens early in the night. This is when your consciousness rises into easy contact with your soul mind and life planning can take place in order to better follow your personal life purpose. What better time to decide what message may be appropriate to create and play out in a symbolic dream? The state where you remember dreams is close to the waking state, so the planned dream will then play out near the end of the night’s sleep.

Probe deeper into the symbols

Here in the physical world, for people who wake up with a clear memory of a dream that feels like it has a soul message, the trick is to focus deeply upon each symbol. If you work in an office building and it showed up in a dream, how did a gloomy scene under a darkened sky make you feel? How does being in that building make you feel?

Books of dream symbols describe what symbols can mean to most people but your dream is personal to you and can only be correctly interpreted in your personal context. For example, a slow-moving stream is generally seen as a placid symbol, one of calmness or quiet joy. Books about dreams would likely say that a raging river symbolizes turbulent emotions while raindrops can be an expression of tears of sadness. But those are just suggestions. The real meaning is always uniquely personal.

To better decode a dream that may contain guidance from your deeper soul consciousness, ask yourself what three words best describe what every scene, person and significant object mean to you.

Symbols are not literal, so seeing another person in a dream is not so much about them personally, but the three words that best describe their personality to you. What message lies within those three descriptors?

Once you see the personal significance, the meaning and the message can emerge.

*Owen Waters is the author of Spiritual Metaphysics: Answers to the Great Mysteries of Life.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

If you have watched over a dying relative as they breathe their final breath, you know how devastating an experience this can be. And yet, at the same time, the knowing part of you may sense some degree of gladness that they are finally free… free from pain and free from suffering.

Meanwhile, the newly-deceased person rising into the spirit realms feels more than just freedom; they are bursting with a newfound joy! As they rise in the light and reach out to familiar spirit faces, they begin a joyful reunion with family members and friends who have passed on before them. In stark contrast to the grieving ones left behind, the rising spirit feels that something quite wonderful has just happened.

When we are faced with such occasions, it helps enormously to know what happens after a person takes their final breath. Hopefully, when your own time eventually comes, your passing will be a seamless transition into the light and you’ll pass over leaving behind only a smile and no regrets. Although our survival instinct makes us avoid thoughts of death, as spiritual seekers we have a higher, more compelling motivation. We all want to know what happens beyond the veil of what used to be the unknown…

“What happens in the afterlife?”

In recent decades, promises of heaven have been replaced by actual, documented “facts of the afterlife,” painstakingly gathered from endless research cases. Near-death experiences have been studied until there can be no doubt as to their veracity. Then, to gain even deeper knowledge of the afterlife, many research subjects have been given recall of their past life (and death) experiences using hypnotic regression to open up their subconscious memories.

What we know is this: After their final breath, a person will typically be filled with a sense of peace and freedom from pain while feeling drawn into a higher world of much light and beauty.

As their spirit body resonates to the spirit realms, it will naturally head in that direction. They will see a portal open above them, sometimes appearing like a tunnel of light, because the spirit realms are filled with light when compared to this world.

Their spirit friends, which will include their lifelong spirit guides, will help them to a reception center where their needs will be evaluated for healing and help in adjustment to the new environment. If the person has died after a long and disabling illness, especially if their mind was clouded by the experience, they may spend weeks or even months in a hospital-like rehabilitation setting. Under normal conditions, however, they will be aware, alert, and ready to be guided to their own funeral!

Funerals are very sad affairs for the living, yet perplexing for the newly-deceased person being mourned. They would dearly love to comfort the grieving and assure them of the joy of their newfound existence. At my father-in-law’s funeral – a man who always had a great sense of humor – I received a mental image of him sitting on his casket with his legs dangling over the side and a big wide grin on his face, as if to lighten up the mood of the event. So, I told my wife and her sister what I had seen their father doing and they immediately understood the message. Yes, he always was a great joker.

Once the initial adjustments are made, the new arrival in the spirit realms will be personally guided by a being of light who helps them review their life’s experiences from a higher, soul-centric viewpoint without any sense of judgment being imposed on these experiences by themselves or others.

This heart-centered, non-judgmental environment means that, while a person is still who they are as a personality, everything becomes lighter. The emotional burdens that they may have felt compelled to bear during their physical lives dissolve in the joy that comes easily in their new surroundings.

The afterlife is structured differently to the physical world. There are many realms of existence in the afterlife, each one like a world unto itself, and a person naturally gravitates to the realm best suited to their personal frequency of consciousness. They will live there among like-minded people, typically members of their extended soul family, which will consist of several hundreds of souls, so there will be plenty of like-minded gatherings from which to choose a preferred location.

Consciousness has a more observable influence on the environment in the afterlife because spirit matter is more subtle than physical matter. Spirit bodies are of a much lighter substance, which is why everyone in the spirit realms is able to levitate and travel through the air simply by exerting mental will. A common misconception is to think of spirit bodies as non-physical. Spirit bodies are quite solid to each other, even if they seem tenuous from our dense-physical viewpoint. A better term for matter in the spirit realms would be “quasi-physical.”

The physical world is often seen as a world of troubles, where people are tempted to make decisions that emotionally separate them from others. The afterlife is a world of heart-centered integration, where the separations of physical existence are healed.

There is a great sense of beauty and wonder in the afterlife – something that we need to remember when we bid goodbye to those whose time has come to return home to the heavenly realms.

P.S. Ascension is coming soon, where the whole world will risen into a higher, heart-centered realm of existence: See Ascension To A Higher World.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

The Mind Belt is an atmosphere of mental and emotional energies which encircles the globe. Although people are usually not consciously telepathic, our subconscious and superconscious minds are fully attuned to the mind belt.

We continuously receive information on how the mass of other people are thinking, then we create our own thoughts and feelings and share them with the mind belt. When we think higher thoughts of a spiritual nature, our contributions to the mind belt raise its frequency, helping to uplift others in a powerful way.

New ideas spread to other people via the mind belt. For example, when I wrote the book, The Shift: The Revolution in Human Consciousness in 2005, it was very much a new idea. At the time, the most common use of the term “shift” was for a particular style of women’s dresses! Today, it’s amazing how widespread the term The Shift has become in the context of the rise in human consciousness. It was a term that was destined to be and my book helped perpetuate the concept over the years.

Spiritual people are a small portion of the population, so you may wonder how much we can improve the mind belt in a world constantly affected by downbeat thinking. The answer may surprise you.

The Creator stacked the cards in favor of spiritual evolution.

As a spiritually-minded person, your higher-frequency thoughts have exponentially more power and influence than thoughts of a lower frequency. By definition, at least 80% of the population has an average effect upon the mind belt. You, as a lightworker, have a frequency advantage which empowers your influence in the world far more than you may have realized.

Researcher David R. Hawkins (1927-2012) spent years investigating the effects of the whole frequency range of human consciousness and came up with an amazing discovery. As a spiritually-aware person, the influence of your consciousness is equivalent to that of hundreds of thousands of statistically-average people! This surprising fact presents us with an incredible opportunity to help others and make a very positive difference in the world.

On the Hawkins Scale of Consciousness, the actual figure was that a person’s consciousness at the entry level to spiritual awareness counter-balances and lifts up the effect of the thoughts of 800,000 people of average consciousness around the world!

Imagine what happens when you go beyond the entry level and spend some time every day working on your own spiritual growth. Before you know it, you’re helping to uplift tens of millions of people and making the world a distinctly better place than it would have been without the benefit of your presence.

As you raise your consciousness, you contribute exponentially more to the spiritual quality of the global mind.

Paradoxically, your greatest service to humanity is to focus first upon your own spiritual growth.

This wonderful level of service to humanity occurs as a direct effect of your consciousness upon a world which has been starved of spiritually-conditioned thought. It’s like the analogy of a candle making a big difference in a dark room except, in this case, it’s more like a bright lantern, not a candle.

Make the world a better place

If you haven’t already done so, make a decision to develop your spiritual growth on a daily basis. Begin each day with a spiritual practice, such as sacred meditation or contemplations on The Twelve Graces: Gifts From God, and that uplifting habit will soon become the highlight of each day.

The side effect of bringing upliftment to thousands and even millions of other people fulfills a key life purpose of every spiritually-minded person on the planet today.

We were born to make the world a better place. Let’s do it!

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

In all of Creation, there exist nine levels of existence, or density layers. These densities are sometimes referred to as dimensions.

Dimensions versus densities

Dimension is a term often used to refer to other realms of existence, but it can cause confusion in that the word dimension also refers to measurable attributes of this reality such as time or space measurements; for example length, width, or height.

Other realms of existence could be more descriptively called densities, levels, or density levels. In the light of emerging knowledge, I recommend that people avoid potential confusion by using the words density or density level instead of dimension to describe a vibrational level of existence.

There are nine primary density layers in the universe, each one divided further into multiple sub-layers. They are called density layers because they were formed by the progressive compression of divine consciousness to produce different levels of existence. Fourth density, for example, is more subtle (less dense) than our third-density realm of existence.

Beyond the Ninth

The root of all consciousness, of all awareness is Infinite Being – the Absolute, Tao, or the “I Am” presence within all things. When Infinite Being stirred from its eternal state of peace and perfect bliss in order to engage in the act of Creation, it formed an active aspect of itself which we refer to as the Creator.

While the Creator aspect of Infinite Being engages in the action which maintains the universe in existence, it is the underlying omniscience of Infinite Being which is the awareness that is present in all parts of Creation.

The universe exists within the mind of the Creator, so the One Creator is beyond all the density layers of Creation.

All of Creation exists within the mind of the Creator.

The Nine Densities

The three creative principles of the Creator (thought, feeling and motion) were employed to create the nine density levels of existence using nine variations of the original three principles. These are:

• Three cosmic levels (7D-9D)
• Three spiritual levels (4D-6D)
• Three basic levels (1D-3D)

The top three densities are home to the root consciousness of the cosmic aspects of the universe with which we are familiar – galaxies (9D), solar systems (8D) and planets (7D). Seventh density (7D) is home to the consciousness of planetary beings such as Gaia, the Mother Earth. This is where most of her consciousness exists even though she maintains bodies in other levels of existence, such as our realm in physical 3D.

The 7D level of consciousness can be visited by humans who reach the ultimate yogic achievement of cosmic consciousness. This occurs when the kundalini life force, normally resident in the base of the spine, is raised, not partially, but in its entirety to the crown chakra above the head. As a rule in this 3D world, yoga masters who can achieve full cosmic consciousness are quite rare. One great example of an exception to the rule is Yogananda (1893-1952).

Sixth density (6D) is home to angels and archangels. Archangels are global spirits whose enormous fields of awareness surround the world in all levels of sixth, fifth, fourth and third density. The consciousness of the great world teachers is based in upper sixth density as this provides the greatest coverage for their awareness across the globe.

When a person calls upon an archangelic being, this immediately contacts that being’s world-spanning awareness and they will then focus more attention upon the person. If they sense that healing, support or upliftment is appropriate, they will respond by providing such a service. Jesus operates out of the upper 6D archangelic realm because that gives him the greatest coverage in his service to the spiritual growth of all people in the full range of realms in 3D-5D.

Fifth density (5D) is home to soul consciousness and is a nonphysical realm of spiritual light and sound energies. Traditionally, 5D is referred to as the higher mental realms. Although souls are perceived as separate individuals in 5D, just as we are in the physical realm, they are also fully attuned to their connectedness with each other. Soul bodies are nonphysical fields of higher mental energy. Your soul can also be referred to as your higher self or as the superconscious aspect of your total field of awareness.

Fourth density (4D) is home to spirits in the afterlife and it can also support physical humans. There are numerous sub-realms of existence within fourth density, with the lower sub-realms being more dense than the higher sub-realms. While spirit or “astral” beings are ethereal and ghost-like relative to us, they are solid to each other, so they are correctly referred to as quasi-physical rather than nonphysical beings.

Those who inhabit the realms of the afterlife in spirit bodies experience relative freedom as their quasi-physical spirit bodies respond easily to their mental direction. Spirit beings find it easy to levitate and they can instantly relocate to a desired destination. They can also create quasi-physical objects using the pressure of mental energy applied to the universal supply of etheric energy. They called these objects thought forms and a well-made thought form will exist for more than a year without any further attention before it dissolves back into the surroundings as etheric energy. With regular attention, it will stay in existence as long as it is important to someone.

Third density (3D) is currently home to physical human beings. It is a realm of self-awareness and intellectual development. While your physical body is currently located in third density, your mind is free to roam to other frequencies or density levels of awareness.

Second density (2D) is the level of consciousness of biological existence – of plants and wild animals, even though their physical forms exist in the 3D realm. Third density is currently the lowest level where the earth maintains a physical body, so there is no 2D version of earth below us.

First density (1D) is the level of consciousness of the basic physical elements and objects that are called ‘inanimate’ by many people, such as rocks and crystals. Because all objects in the universe are composed of compressed divine consciousness, even subatomic particles have a sense of awareness at some level. For example, quantum entanglement experiments have shown that when subatomic particles collide and separate, they continue to remember each other and act out their connected relationship.

Conscious Level versus Location Level

Even though your physical body is stationed in the 3D Location Level, your Conscious Level can vary from minute to minute. You can be focused on a practical challenge requiring 3D thinking one minute, then go into heart-centered 4D consciousness the next minute and then, with some practice, launch even further into 5D soul consciousness.

Here’s another example of Conscious Level versus Location Level. The building blocks of the physical universe exist at the lowest density of awareness – basic chemical elements like hydrogen, copper, calcium, and silicon. These basic elements exhibit a 1D (first-density) Conscious Level, yet they exist with us in this 3D world. Their Location Level is 3D even though their Conscious Level is 1D.

A little further up the scale of consciousness is the plant kingdom in the 2D, second-density Conscious Level. Again, their 3D Location Level is different to their 2D Conscious Level.

We are being prepared for ascension to physical 4D by the gradually rising frequency of all matter on the earth. This is a cosmic change ordained by the Divine Creator, and one which ranges far beyond our planet or even our solar system. When The Shift is complete, our physical bodies and all matter on earth will be located in the fourth-density level of existence.

The primary consciousness of Gaia, the Mother Earth, exists in 7D seventh-density consciousness, which is the first layer of the cosmic realms of awareness. Besides her root consciousness in 7D, Gaia maintains a presence in the 6D angelic realms, the 5D soul realms, the 4D subtle realms, and the 3D physical realm.

It is a perfect example of how the universe is benevolent. We are honored to stand on the physical body of a seventh-density cosmic entity, the Mother Earth. On a clear day, we can even look up into the sky and see an even greater being, the eighth-density Cosmic Being we call the Sun.

The Sun is the closest Being to the Divine within our sight.

* This article was extracted from Spiritual Metaphysics: Answers to the Great Mysteries of Life by Owen Waters.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Because the Creator’s energy of unconditional love fills the universe, it can be your most powerful resource for transformation.

If you have a big challenge facing you in life, you already know what needs to be transformed, but what if you don’t know about something important that’s holding you back?

Here’s an easy way to flush out the most hidden of limiting beliefs from the depths of your subconscious mind and bring them out into your conscious awareness where you can apply a simple technique of transformation. The result? Greater freedom and inner joy from one simple but effective step. Here’s how it’s done…

First, bring any limiting thoughts to the surface by making a claim that might be considered outrageous. Well, it won’t be outrageous when the world becomes heart-centered and everyone supports each other but, for now, tradition says it may seem outrageous.

First, put yourself into a quiet reflective state, then mentally state to yourself, “I am brilliant, gorgeous, and fabulous!”

What happens then? Chances are, due to the social environment that most of us grew up in, you were taught to never make such claims because there’s supposed to be something-or-other wrong with thinking that way.

Well, sure, if a child runs the risk of becoming a raving, unsociable egomaniac, then there would be something wrong with thinking that way. But as an adult with a developing sense of spiritual consciousness, ego issues are no longer the point.

In the New Reality, the point is to develop your potential and become everything that you can be.

In a healthy, heart-centered society, everyone will either be brilliant, gorgeous and fabulous already or well on their way to becoming so. And the rest of society will be supporting them in every attempt that they make to improve their lives. After all, wouldn’t you rather live among people who are brilliant, gorgeous, fabulous and supportive than among people who are envious, small-minded and competitive?

As you probably just noticed in this exercise, blockages are likely to emerge when you say wonderful things about yourself. When you say, “I am brilliant, gorgeous, and fabulous!” what thoughts come up to the surface of your mind?

Probably a lot of “Yes, but I don’t feel…” statements. Those are your blockages, or limiting beliefs. Now, here’s how to dissolve them so that they won’t limit your happiness any longer.

Having identified a blockage and brought it out into the open where it can be worked on, you are able to apply energy work to transform it out of your life once and for all.

Your heart has a wonderful ability to transform limiting beliefs by the application of its natural frequency of consciousness, which is that of unconditional love.

While your physical heart is tucked away behind your rib cage, the energy center of your heart is outside of your body, just in front of your breastbone. It is here that the frequency of heart-centered consciousness is focused. Visualize this energy center as a small sphere of brilliant white light four inches (ten centimeters) in front of the center of your chest.

Imagine the air being filled with vital life energy, like a white mist that fills the space around you. The air actually is filled with such vital life energy, and the point of the exercise is to draw additional quantities of this energy in to add extra power to your heart’s energy center.

Now that your heart’s energy center is charged with intense life energy, use its natural frequency of unconditional love to transform each blockage in turn. Whatever blockage you identified, say to yourself mentally:

“I release the belief that [blockage statement] and transform it into the light now. I replace that old belief with the knowing that I am loved and that I am Love.”

For example, “I release the belief that money is bad and transform it into the light now. I replace that old belief with the knowing that I am loved and that I am Love.”

Notice that you don’t have to state the opposite of the old belief. You just transform it and release it using the energy of unconditional love as the transformative power.

Here’s what happens. Releasing the old belief creates an absence, or a vacuum, that wants to be filled. Nature abhors a vacuum, so you replace the old belief with the pure unconditional love that flows throughout the universe and fill this vacuum with positive energy.

The statement, “knowing that I am loved,” is an affirmation of your awareness that the universe is filled with the love of God and that you only have to tune into this love to feel its power and eternal support.

Everything and everyone exists in a universe filled with unconditional love. It’s the way the universe was designed.

Author’s note: This technique was first released in my book on the next stage of world spiritual awakening, Love, Light, Laughter: The New Spirituality.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

In 1975, Fritjof Capra’s book The Tao of Physics set out to explore the parallels between the worldviews of modern physics and Eastern mysticism. The author’s conclusion was that the two were, not just consistent, but in perfect harmony with each other.

Physics has advanced in many ways in recent decades and so has mysticism with its understanding of the universe. In particular, many insights into the mysteries of the universe have emerged from the spiritual revolution in the West.

From the mystic perspective, the universe was created by Original Consciousness, Tao, or Infinite Being, focusing through an active Creator aspect of itself. The mystic asks, “How did God create this?” while hoping for a glimpse into the cosmic manufacturer’s mind. One thing’s for sure with such a mystical approach: You find a lot more answers when you open up to the idea of higher energies than by insisting that nothing exists beyond physical matter.

To the materialist, thoughts are just electrical signals firing somewhere inside the brain. If that were true, then you’d be like an electronic computer with pre-programmed rules – no self-awareness, no imagination, no free will, no curiosity, and no feelings! Your mind is not your brain and mind energy is not electrical. Mind energy is one of those higher energies that the Creator saw fit to create.

One of the mysteries facing physics is a type of experiment which reveals that related energy particles can communicate with each other much faster than the speed of light. How could this be possible, they ask, when the speed of light is supposed to limit all action in the universe?

In the view of physics today, all energies can travel at the speed of light and no faster. That’s because of the assumption that all energies must be down-to-earth, material, electromagnetic energies. Well, how about those higher energies?

In the broader picture, we don’t just live in a conscious universe, the universe IS conscious! All things are composed of consciousness because the universe was created from the only available material – consciousness.

We know that physical matter is composed of energy, but from what is energy made?

Energy is compressed consciousness.

There is not just one level of energy in existence. The next higher energy above electric energy is etheric, or vital life, energy. Electric energy is a compressed form of the higher, etheric energy.

What’s above etheric energy? All levels of mind energy, from the lowest to the most inspired. Feeling and thought are the yin and yang of mind energy. Both varieties intertwine all the way up into the realms of spirit, of soul consciousness, and beyond into the cosmic realms.

So, how do those two energy particles communicate with each other faster than the speed of light? The answer is easy to appreciate once your worldview is expanded…

Mind energy travels at millions of times the speed of light.

The two particles in the physics experiment communicate at the speed of thought, and the speed of light has no bearing upon the situation. Like everything in the universe, those particles contain awareness. In a universe comprised of consciousness, nothing can exist without consciousness. As particles of a fundamental nature, their awareness may be rudimentary, but their display of feeling is quite obvious to the observer. As related particles, they have developed a connection with each other and their willingness to communicate demonstrates this bond. Thought and feeling are the materials from which this conscious universe is made.

From the vast fabric of space to the tiniest fundamental energy particle, everything is conscious and everything is comprised of consciousness.

Mind energy exists on a scale that rises into the higher realms of awareness like a stairway to heaven. Higher consciousness is very real and it can be yours by turning your attention within, spending time daily in reflection or meditation, and opening up to the intuitive knowingness which resides within your own soul level of consciousness.

Expanded awareness isn’t just for mystics. It opens the doors of perception where you can understand far more about the nature of reality. It brings you closer to the eternal fountain of joy and wisdom which lies within the soul consciousness of each and every one of us.

P.S. If you enjoy discovering answers to the mysteries of life, be sure to read your copy of my book, Spiritual Metaphysics.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

As consciousness transforms to a higher level, respect for the Divine is replacing the traditional concept of worship. Respect for the works of the Creator springs from the virtue of kindness. It engenders gratitude for life and all that supports life.

Heartfelt gratitude and respect for the Divine opens up the pathway to the further expansion of a person’s consciousness.

In the science of Spiritual Metaphysics, we understand that, along the ascending stairway to unity with the Divine, there are stages of cosmic existence to which we will one day return. We came down through those levels on the way to this life and we will return the same way we came.

One day, in the distant future, you will have grown to become one with the consciousness of a planet, then a sun, and then even a galaxy!

The souls of Mother Earth and Father Sun are examples of the cosmic levels of existence which await us along our journey home to the Divine. To express this in terms of density levels of existence, we live in physical third density (3D), our souls live in nonphysical 5D, the soul of Mother Earth is based in 7D, the Sun is based in 8D, and the galaxy is based in 9D. Beyond the Ninth is the Creator, as all levels of existence are contained within the mind of that Source.

In the year 2012, I was among the few voices who said that the end of the Mayan calendar cycles would be a gateway to a new cycle and not the end of the world as many feared at the time. End-times stories were everywhere, spreading fear for the future and distracting spiritual seekers from the inspiration in their lives.

Today, another version of end-of-the-world fear is circulating. It claims that the Sun is getting ready to go into a calamitous micronova. Some fear-mongers get even more creative and claim there are space arks, piloted by extraterrestrials, ready to come to our rescue and take us off-planet to avoid such a fate. They make no mention of what we’d be returning to if the electronic infrastructure of civilization had been fried, but let’s not ruin a good scare-story by asking common sense questions!

Like kindness, common sense is a virtue to nurture. I am reminded of another piece of fear propaganda which also seems to be designed to distract spiritual seekers from their paths. The “Death Traps” story started as a work of fiction and, somehow, was picked up and promoted as if it was fact. In this scare-story, they say that when you die, the white light that beckons you upwards isn’t an opening to the brighter light of the spirit realms, it’s a trap where your memory will be erased. Oh, really?

Well, thank goodness for common sense. If that were true, then the afterlife would be filled with amnesic zombies when, in fact your nearest and dearest are perfectly fine with their memories intact and, somehow, they always turn up for a big reunion on the day you are ready to pass on into their world. People who have had Near Death Experiences also provide evidence that this scare-story is pure fiction. The inhabitants of the afterlife know exactly who they are and remember what they did during their physical lives.

Getting back to the possibility of a life-ending threat from the Sun, here’s a question. But first, remember that this one law of the universe. The universe is benevolent because that is the nature of its Creator.

Would the Sun, which is so much closer to the Creator than us, choose to:

A) Knowingly destroy humanity with a blast of energy, or…

B) Protect humanity from all possible disasters, not only out of compassion for all life, but because we are in a critical stage of our awakening to the next level of consciousness?

Common sense says that we should stop entertaining ideas from people who think that spreading fear is entertaining, and remember this basic truth…

We are children of the Sun.

P.S. If you enjoy discovering answers to the mysteries of life, be sure to read my best-selling book, Spiritual Metaphysics.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Karma is very different from what most people think it is. The word itself, usually prefixed by the word “bad,” generates ideas of retribution or punishment for past misadventures. Somewhere in the heavens above, so people imagine, an accountant is supposed to be keeping track of your karmic balance.

I used to assume that karma was all about maintaining a balance, so therefore the universe contained some law that made it reflective in nature and therefore automatically self-balancing. However, I stand corrected by recent revelations from my senior guide and mentor, an archangel who serves humanity during these times of transition in the vitally essential office of Lord Protector of The Shift.

Karma is an effect of creation. There is no inherent reflective capability in the universe. The apparent reflections, which people sometimes call their karma, come from the ongoing patterns of consciousness which they have created.

Each of us has a karmic pattern, which is like a tapestry filled with a variety of cross-linked energies. It is held within the energetically magnetic aura that surrounds your body.

Each thread woven into your karmic pattern was placed there by your creation of a certain pattern of consciousness. Each created thread within the tapestry of your karmic pattern exists because you have given it life. It will continue to exist and attract circumstances to itself as long as you feed its existence.

The Law of Creation is invoked when intention and feeling are set into motion.

Yin and Yang in motion

Intention is the yang component as it sets the frequency of consciousness. Emotion sets the yin component of magnetic attraction which, by its nature, attracts relevant circumstances into one’s life.

People often ask if their karmic pattern can be changed. Yes, it can. It changes all the time.

What has been created and empowered by an emotional charge will soon fade away when that emotional charge no longer supports it. In a more sudden fashion, a rise in consciousness can transform a karmic pattern.

For example, if someone were intent on jealousy as a way of life and then they experienced a sudden awakening which transformed them to a higher level of thought, their life could change at that very moment. They could decide to become loving and forgiving instead of continuing to feed the old jealousy pattern. That decision would be the end of the jealousy part of their karmic pattern. It would be taken out of existence by the transformation which made the person no longer interested in feeding that pattern of consciousness. The former creation would dissipate, its energy being released back to the universe, and it would stop generating karmic circumstances.

In Summary

The Law of Karma is an effect of the Law of Creation. Your overall karmic pattern is a collection of each thought and feeling pattern you have created. It can change as you raise your level of consciousness through spiritual growth but the Law of Karma never ceases to operate. It is always in full operation at all levels of Creation, attracting those patterns you have created through your intentions, feelings and actions.

Here’s the Especially Good News

The Law of Karma guarantees that when you give, you will receive. When you heal, you will receive healing. When you teach what you have learned to others, you will find that even greater insights dawn within you as a result.

If you decide with all your heart that you will succeed in fulfilling your soul purpose in this life, that adds a thread to your karmic pattern which will affect your present and future. Like a magnet drawing resources and circumstances toward you, this thread of intention will help you navigate through life to fulfill your wish in every possible way.

*For more insights and ways to create a truly joy-filled life, read Spiritual Metaphysics: Answers to the Great Mysteries of Life by Owen Waters.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

The world is full of reasons why people might pray for help from a higher source. From the threat of war to an exploding health crisis to the pressures of a cratering economy, you’ve got to wonder why the Creator allows all this. After all, a challenge will always bring personal growth but the accelerating rate of change in everything today is like a cosmic wake-up call. But, we might ask, to wake up to what?

The truth is, we are sparks of the Divine, empowered with free will so that we can forge a path back to divine consciousness through the Three C’s – the attributes we have inherited from our divine origins – Curiosity, Creativity, and Constructive action. With these, we should be able to handle anything but, all the same, a little help from above would be more than welcome in these crazy days of rapid change.

Tradition has it that you pray to God for favors and sometimes offer something in exchange, like, for example, a promise to turn to God more regularly. However, in these days of cosmology, it is increasingly difficult to imagine that the Creator of billions of galaxies, each with billions of suns, would micro-manage problems on one tiny planet. So, perhaps, seeking attention from a more people-focused aspect of the divine hierarchy makes a whole lot more sense.

All levels of existence in the universe exist within the consciousness of the Creator. Within that envelope of consciousness in which the universe lives, the highest realm of consciousness is ninth density, which is home to the soul essences of galaxies. Each galaxy is responsible for Creator functions within its field of consciousness. Likewise, each sun is responsible for the creation of its planets and each planet develops and maintains the systems of life within its realm. These days, not too many people pray to the Sun or Mother Earth, but you can gain enormous spiritual growth by sending regular thoughts of gratitude to these cosmic beings. The inspirational energy feedback from such elevated beings is phenomenal.

The next level down the divine hierarchy of consciousness is the sixth-density realm of archangels and angels. This is where one of the most called-upon higher beings is based, and for good reason. Jesus operates as an all-pervasive spirit with global reach within all the realms of existence upon earth. When someone reaches out to Jesus for help, his presence as a global spirit detects that call and focuses attention on that person, ready to deliver comfort, hope, inspiration, and healing.

Besides calling on world avatars for help, there are several other options, perhaps closer to our third-density physical home in terms of frequency. Everyone has spirit guides and also angels who watch over them. Everyone also has their soul or higher self, which is based in fifth density, ready to dispense wisdom that is perfectly tailored to your unique situation. You don’t actually pray to your soul or higher self because you are part of its field of consciousness, but you can get in touch with your inner being first thing every day with a quiet meditation and thereby benefit from personalized guidance any time you need it.

Whether you feel most comfortable developing an inner connection to your soul or asking for help from a higher source, it is important to be aware of the power you already possess as a creation of the divine.

Imagination is your creative faculty. Be bold. Imagine a better life and never accept ideas that conspire to block your way.

Notice how your divine attributes of Curiosity, Creativity, and Constructive action include the word ‘action.’ This is the big reason why prayers can fail to work. If a person asks for their life to change, action will be required in some form by them and possibly other people. Action makes manifest, even if it is as subtle an act as a conscious shift in a belief that previously held you back. Guidance will come into your mind repeatedly, knocking at the door asking to be recognized and acted upon.

Lack of action after asking for help and guidance is the main reason prayer can fail to work, and it’s the same with the Law of Attraction, which is sometimes portrayed as a big magnet that energizes the universe toward your desired goal. Yes, it does do that but the Law of Attraction is like the magnet inside an electric generator waiting to be turned so that electricity can start to flow. If you don’t crank the handle and add motion to the situation, no energy flows and no results appear.

My recent e-book, Soul Inspiration: Unleash the Power of Your Higher Consciousness to Dissolve Problems and Create a Better Life, goes deeper into the subject, revealing ways to increase the clarity of the guidance you can receive and also determine which direction your action should take at any time to make your wishes come true.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Sooner or later everyone wakes up to the fact that they are essentially divine beings. Despite the appearance that we are physical in nature and that reality is filtered through the perceptions of our physical brains, there is much more to each human being than their physical aspect.

Your mind, which is a field of consciousness, is separate from your physical brain. Within that field of consciousness, you exist as an aspect of the divine source from which you came.

Long ago, you inserted yourself into the human experience. In those days, nothing was yet physical and being human meant being a specialized personality with the free will to explore consciousness in greater detail than previously.

Later, physical experience was sought as it made the experience of being a rational, freewill-driven, unique personality all the more interesting. At that point, being physical meant living in a lighter density than today’s version of physical existence.

The experience of being physical was so fascinating that, like youngsters excited about a new thrill ride at a funfair, we said, “How about if we try it with the lights out?” And, so, the lights went out.

Today, we are immersed deeper than ever in the human experience of being physical. This includes being apparently cut off from the normal information flow that comes with higher consciousness and we’re here to find the answer that lies somewhere out there in the gloom. Or, we might well ask, is it somewhere inside instead of somewhere out there?

Being mostly disconnected from the inner light means that we don’t have an inbuilt awareness of our oneness with the universe. We have to earn that realization through deliberate attunement. We don’t have always-on telepathic ability to exchange thoughts and feelings with other people. Conscious telepathy takes patience and practice. We aren’t attuned with conditions in nature like animals are. When an earthquake jolt is imminent or a tsunami is headed our way, wild animals suddenly head for the hills and we’re left wondering why our homebound pets are getting agitated.

As humans today, what we have is self-awareness, intellect, and freedom of choice. Within this mysterious maze of the thrill ride of being human with the inner lights turned off, there is a treasure to be found. That treasure is the realization that the light was there all the time, yet hidden from sight.

When you first find the spiritual light within, it begins to beckon you forward into the realms of more light. Then, you are firmly on the path of spiritual discovery. You are heading back along the pathway to the level of consciousness from which you came before the thrill ride began.

Remember, your brain is not your mind and your mind is not your real personality. Your immortal soul is your real personality and it is functioning through the filter of who you became in this particular lifetime.

Attune yourself with your soul consciousness every day and you will always be able make the right choices in life. When you sense the essence of your true personality, you will also sense which of the options that lie before you resonate best with your inner guidance. This attunement with the right options and their real potential is the secret to gaining the most from your experience of life as a human being.

The big question is, of all the techniques of spiritual awakening that could make such progress possible, which are the ones that are most effective and easiest to perform? And, how can they be combined for best effect when meeting daily challenges?

Those questions are answered in my new e-book, Soul Inspiration: Unleash the Power of Your Higher Consciousness to Dissolve Problems and Create a Better Life.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Traditional metaphysics is the study of consciousness and the nature of reality. It goes way back, a long way… beyond even Aristotle. As a topic of study in universities, it has generated endless discussions on the nature of change, cause and effect, time, and how to define the properties of substances.

In the 20th Century, metaphysics reincarnated as the human potential movement, bringing a sense of hope for possibilities beyond people’s wildest dreams. At the higher end of the consciousness spectrum, the new metaphysics was inspiring and uplifting. At the lower end, it devolved into a mundane tool focused on material ambition. It was this chasm between higher and mundane metaphysics that led me to use a new term.

My own focus has always been on the spiritual aspects of metaphysics so, in August 2005, I decided to put the two words together and began using the term, spiritual metaphysics. This gave definition to a field of study that brought the light of understanding to spirituality and went beyond basic metaphysics.

An all-inclusive definition of Spiritual Metaphysics has to include the ultimate consciousness that is behind all of Creation. This one spiritual source is known by various terms, including the Absolute, Tao, or the All That Is. My own term is Infinite Being, which I began using as the name for our website in 2002, to encapsulate the idea of infinite, all-encompassing consciousness beyond which nothing else exists.

To keep the perspective focused on the nature of the universe, one has to consider the Law of Creation that underlies all manifestation. It is this triune method of creative consciousness that presents itself in many ways in the nature and structure of the universe, and in your life.

As a lifelong mystic, such mysteries were always dear to my heart. After 40 years of ceaseless struggle and searching for the keys to the universe, great insights began to dawn within my consciousness. For a short while, I even began to wonder if I’d been upgraded with some kind of intelligence transplant because, there I was, with deep insights into the nature of the universe popping inside my head like camera flashbulbs going off!

Then, reality dawned. It wasn’t actually me that was having the bright ideas. It took a while, but I slowly began to realize that the great inspirations were being fed to me by helpful ascended masters. It seems that they consider this to be the time for the release of greater metaphysical understanding. I was being impressed with these new ideas because I was on their list of people who were likely to talk about such realizations once they’d been received and understood. This comes from a desire to be of service and a willingness to step forward to assist in uplifting humanity during this time of awakening.

Over the years, I have been digesting and simplifying what I have learned from these inspired sources so that it can be easily understood by everyone. In essence, the subject of spiritual metaphysics is very simple. Beginning with the One consciousness, the Law of Creation employs three aspects of consciousness to interact with each other.

From there, the process is repeated so that you have three aspects of Divine consciousness plus nine variations of the original three in order to manifest the complexity required to support the manifestation of the material universe.

The result is a definition of everything critical to the framework of Creation. There are nine levels of existence in the universe. There are nine physical dimensions (three versions each of space, time, and energy), and there are nine universal laws of life. It is the laws that really inspire me right now because people can lead such wonderful lives when they understand the spiritually-based laws of reality.

Gaining this knowledge is like being handed the keys to the universe!

These keys can transform your own reality into an magical world of new and inspiring adventures.

The time has come for me to present the spiritual laws of life in a way that everyone can appreciate. It may have taken me a total of over 60 years to gain the insights that I have today, but you can grasp them in one easy step because, like all works of the Creator, they are the essence of elegant simplicity.

Once you see the spiritual laws of life laid out for your examination and understanding, you will have a complete knowing of how these universal principles are ingrained in the design of the universe in order to guide you along the path of your mission in life.

My magnum opus, Spiritual Metaphysics: Answers to the Great Mysteries of Life, is a collection that is the cumulative result of a lifetime of metaphysical discoveries… since 1963! It is a source of understanding and illumination filled with insights upon which you can reflect at leisure, each one bringing you closer to mastery of life upon earth. Discover for yourself the spiritual laws of life and many other answers to the great mysteries of life by reading (or re-reading) this unique book.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

“The universe only exists when you are observing it,” or so the popular theory goes.

This theory is an offspring of quantum physics. It says that, because the observer affects the outcome of experiments, the observer is key to reality. The theory goes on to suggest that the universe only exists when you look at it; therefore you must be creating the universe from your consciousness.

This is actually not a new idea. The old Zen riddle, “If a tree falls in a forest with no one to hear it, then does it make a sound?” reflects the same style of thinking. It suggests that nothing happens in the universe without an observer being present.

There is some validity to this theory in that, at the deepest level of consciousness, you are Infinite Being. At that deepest level, you are that which creates the entire universe, and that which maintains it in motion. However, at the everyday, human level of consciousness, the universe exists and runs quite happily without human intervention, whether or not anyone is watching it. The tree makes a noise when it falls, whether or not any human observers are present at the time.

Take, for example, the Pleiades, the star cluster which is also called the Seven Sisters. Often, on a clear night, you can see the Seven Sisters twinkling in the sky, even though they are five hundred light-years distant. Because of that distance, you are actually observing where the Seven Sisters were five hundred years ago. It took that long for the light image to reach your eyes. Basically, you are observing history in the night sky, not the actual, current position of the stars.

If you were creating the universe by virtue of being its observer, as the theory goes, then you would actually witness the Seven Sisters in their current position, and not in the position that they were five hundred years ago.

The idea that we live in a conscious universe has been gaining ground steadily for a number of years. The conscious universe is much more than a universe which is simply self-aware. The fabric of the universe is consciousness. The universe consists entirely of consciousness. The objects in the universe are all made of consciousness. Everything in the universe is fabricated from aspects of original consciousness, with those aspects interwoven and set into motion.

The chair upon which you may sit appears to be made of physical material. It has the appearance of a solid object that exists somewhere outside of yourself. However, physical matter is composed of subatomic energy particles, and energy, in turn, is composed of compressed consciousness. So, the chair is made up of 100% consciousness. It only appears to be a separate object outside of you because its elements are a projection of original Creator consciousness, fashioned by Nature and then by human consciousness.

Physical objects have their own specific locations in space. Space, however, is just a projected illusion, a concept manufactured by consciousness so that the All may be divided into an infinite variety of apparently separate parts.

Time is also a projection of consciousness. Time is a concept whereby the infinite parts of the All can engage in the appearance of movement. The underlying reality is still the eternal Now and yet time makes change, and therefore an infinite variety of experiences, possible. Each moment in time has its own signature vibration which separates it from all other moments in time, allowing the eternal Now to present a series of moments as a timeline along which change can occur.

An everyday analogy of projected reality is a movie projected onto a screen. A video may be a collection of photographic still-shots presented at a speed of 30 frames per second, just fast enough to appear as continual motion.

You know that the movie is just the projection of a recorded, dramatic scene, but it’s easy to forget that as you become involved in the unfolding drama. The movie appears like a real-life drama for as long as it absorbs your attention.

Time and space were fabricated within the consciousness of the universe in order to set the stage for life as we know it. Because the universe is made of 100% consciousness, all things are within it, and are therefore subjective. Nothing is really “out there,” even though life appears to be an objective experience. All physical reality is a projection within your consciousness, not something outside of, or separate from, yourself.

Each and every object in the universe – a table, a chair, a car, a house, anything – is not only composed of 100% consciousness, it actually IS conscious in its own way!

P.S. You can empower your own path through life with enlightening insights, such as the many contained within our collection of books.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

I am reminded that, back in the days of the Harmonic Convergence in 1987, cosmologist Christine Page along with Gregg Braden and Ervin Laszlo announced that a Great Period of Change would start in 1987 and end in 2023.

During the Harmonic Convergence event from August 16-17, 1987, thousands of spiritual people gathered at sacred sites around the planet to meditate for peace on Earth. After it was over, nothing seemed to change and, so, many were disappointed.

Apparently, global changes take a little time to manifest because, just two years later, demolition of the Berlin Wall began and the promise of peace replaced the Cold War and its constant threat of nuclear annihilation.

Today, we have two timelines in play. In the months and years ahead, those timelines will diverge and people will follow the one of their choice, eventually losing the opportunity to switch from one to the other.

Those who choose the kinder, gentler timeline are now awakening to the fact that the era of the New Enlightenment has dawned. It began right on schedule in mid-2023, exactly as predicted. This is a long-awaited quantum leap in human consciousness which was foretold by a ground-breaking psychology professor in the 1970s. The new frequency of consciousness now in effect sets the human mind free to be creative, kind and constructive in ways that will transform the world into a remarkably better place.

My new book, “The New Enlightenment: Transformation into an Age of Abundance” reveals the metaphysical drivers behind today’s revolution in human consciousness. With this understanding, you can engage in the New Enlightenment to bring complete abundance into all aspects of your life, whether you seek financial abundance, better friendships, good health, enlightening spiritual growth, or all of the above.

The dawn of the New Enlightenment means that we now have the readiness to face any challenge in life with inspired resourcefulness. Spiritual seekers find the new mindset especially helpful as actively engaging in it can be ten times more effective in gaining enlightenment than passive meditation practices!

I encourage you to read this book again and again as it opens the door to a beautiful life filled with purpose, abundance, and true inner joy.

If you don’t already have a copy, “The New Enlightenment: Transformation into an Age of Abundance” is available at:

https://www.infinitebeing.com/ebooks/newenlightenment.htm

by Owen Waters

Scanning ahead is something your soul level of consciousness does all the time. Usually, it quietly and helpfully nudges you in the right direction. Sometimes, it makes a big fuss if you’re about to head into a dangerous situation which is about to be caused by others.

September 11th, 2001 (the infamous “Nine-Eleven”) is a great example of intuitive alarm bells going off. On that day, when two aircraft were flown into the World Trade Center, half the passengers booked on those flights either cancelled just before or didn’t show up!

Today, we live in days of accelerated change where being in the right place at the right time has an increased importance in our ability to function as effective lightworkers.

Your sense of intuition is enhanced by the practice of regular meditation. The more you practice, the more you gain insight into every aspect of your life. Insights can relate to present or past events, leading to a greater understanding of your life’s path, or they can relate to future events.

The insights you gain into future events can be challenging in four ways:

1. The future is not fixed. Until you experience it, the future remains as an array of possibilities with a “most likely” scenario based on what holds the greatest energy.

2. Viewing the future can change the outcome. Even a 100% accurate view of the most likely scenario will trigger questions about whether you want that scenario to manifest, and that change can influence the outcome. This can give the illusion of inaccuracy in the original prediction.

3. Inner impressions come into your awareness through your imagination. However, a fertile imagination can create images on its own, almost for pure entertainment. True impressions of a future event arrive while you are in a meditative state, or sometimes while performing a monotonous task such as driving at a constant speed. They don’t fire up with the great energy of a dramatic imagination. They slip in quietly and have to be examined and unraveled to see what each impression contains.

4. When you first start scanning the future, your predictions will be less accurate than they will become later, after constant practice.

Sometimes, lack of self-esteem can be a barrier to the development of your innate abilities. In that case you need to be aware that everyone is everything that Infinite Being is. The universe is holographic by design, meaning that while the many make up the One, the One is also mirrored within each of the many. So, each person, each spark of Infinite Being, contains all of the qualities of Infinite Being.

There is no second best: We all have the qualities of the best of the best within us. Lack of self-esteem, therefore, is only a personality trait and not reflective of your true self.

You have a perfect sense of intuition or insight, just waiting to be better developed. One of the hallmarks of the global shift to higher consciousness is that, with each passing year, more and more people will develop more of their inner abilities.

My top-recommended method

As I will discuss in my upcoming Cosmic Truth interview, one of the best intuition-gathering methods is this:

1. Be curious about the best solution to a problem
2. Ask your intuition to go to work on it
3. Quit thinking about it
4. Wait for the answer to arrive afresh over the next day or so. “Afresh” means that, when you remember that you wanted an answer and before your physical brain starts creating its own idea of an answer, the solution suddenly pops into your awareness.

While you are practicing your intuitive skills, it is a good idea to make written notes for later reference. In meditation, insights may arrive while you are in that altered, meditative state, so their memory dissipates quickly just like the memory of your dreams. If you keep notes, then re-read them weeks or months later, you will be amazed at how accurate many of these insights were.

Sometimes, you will also see how insights into less than desirable scenarios caused you to make a decision to steer your life in a different direction. When faced with decisions about which direction to turn, a reliable barometer is your sense of highest joy. Ask yourself:

“What scenario would represent my highest joy?”

When you follow your highest joy, you are following the path through life which is most closely aligned with your true essence – your soul or inner self.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Science generally promotes the idea of a Big Bang, from which the universe is said to have literally exploded into life. The problem science faces with this theory is the difficulty that such an event would face in being successful in creating life.

In his book, The Life of the Cosmos, physicist Lee Smolin details the many variables which had to be exactly balanced in order for the universe to unfold into living order, rather than random chaos.

The mass of the proton, the strength of gravity, the range of the weak nuclear force, and dozens of other variables determine how a universe will unfold after a Big Bang. If any of these values had been just slightly different, the universe would have become a disorganized pool of hot plasma where galaxies and solar systems were unable to form.

In order to make a universe that supports life, the numbers have to be exactly right.

What are the mathematical chances of an accidental Big Bang producing a universe that produces life as we know it?

One chance in 10²²⁹

That’s one chance in 10 to the power 229.

To spell it out, that’s exactly one chance in…

10,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000

Basically, not much chance at all!

What are the chances of an intelligent Creator getting the mix just right so that the universe can support life?

Well, we’re here aren’t we?

Now, Here’s What Really Happened at the Dawn of Creation

So much for the physics and its favorite tool, mathematics. But, to realize what really happened at the dawn of the Creation of the Universe, you need metaphysics to illuminate the path.

The real starting point of the universe was the Divine Love of the Creator.

This was necessary in order to contain what came next, the impetus for Expansion.

Today, the Expansion pressure slightly exceeds the magnetic containment power of the framework provided by Divine Love.

At our physical level of existence, this results in the steady expansion of our region of the universe at the speed of light, creating a constant flow of energy within that space at the speed of light.

The Nature of Energy

Physics defines energy as the potential for doing work but they don’t know what it is.

Spiritual metaphysics defines energy as compressed Divine consciousness.

For other fascinating secrets, see Spiritual Metaphysics: Answers to the Great Mysteries of Life.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Part of The Shift to the New Reality involves a change in our experience of the passage of time. People often comment on how time seems to be passing much faster today than it did just 10 or 20 years ago. It’s not because we’re getting older; it’s because our experience of time is changing.

This is occurring because the frequency of human consciousness is rising, so the experience of the passage of time has accelerated. The speed of the orbit of the planets is still the same, the speed of light is still the same, and everything in the outside world is still the same, but our experience has changed.

Experiential time is the experience of time, as in “time flies” or “time drags.” It is subjective, as opposed to the objective time of the outside world.

Our internal experience of the passage of time can vary considerably. When a person is not happy in their work, for example, the time clock on the wall seems to take forever to turn and the end of the working day seems to take an eternity to arrive. On the other hand, when a person is joyful and excited about what they are doing, their consciousness is vibrating at a higher frequency and, for them, the experience of time flies at a fast rate.

As they say, “Time flies when you’re having fun.”

Energetically, the difference is that joy is expressed through higher, heart-centered consciousness while boredom takes one deep into the lower frequency of the solar plexus center of consciousness.

When you are bored, your perception of time runs slowly because your consciousness vibrates at a slower frequency. When you are filled with joy and engaged in favorite activities with people you love, your consciousness vibrates at a higher frequency and your perception of time runs more quickly.

The principle at work here is that the perception of experiential time varies with frequency of consciousness. Experiential time runs faster at higher frequencies.

Why the Difference Matters

The shift from Old Reality consciousness to New Reality, heart-centered consciousness includes a shift in our perception of time. Heart-centered consciousness brings with it an increasing degree of freedom from objective time. It makes life’s experiences more important to your consciousness than the passage of time. Life becomes a chain of experiences which seem to expand and contract the time that they take to occur. The objective time continuum is the same, but the perception of the experience is different.

The key to understanding this is that, because life in the objective world is a projection of the greater reality that exists within you, then a shift to higher consciousness brings you closer to the reality within. At that point, objective time loses some of its importance and the inner experience of time takes on more importance.

How Timing Will Change in the Future

As people’s frequency of awareness rises up through fourth-density consciousness, they will become more attuned to the synchronicity that is offered by an experiential approach to time. The more people become mentally attuned to others, the more they manifest synchronicity in their lives.

Eventually, when experiential time is given more attention than objective time, people will arrange to meet each other, not by making appointments in their calendars, but by both knowing when the time is right for such a meeting.

At work, the attuned person will know from their soul-fed intuition which task is most important for them to address right at that moment and this will lead to even more synchronicity with the minds of other, intuitively-driven people.

The Reason Intuition Works

The intuitive mind senses the reality of all situations in ways that the objective mind of the physical senses cannot. When a situation develops into fruition, in which it can best be addressed for most effect, the intuitive mind has that perfect sense of timing and can help all those involved in handling the situation.

In fourth-density, heart-centered consciousness, because more attention is placed upon the inner reality than the outer world of clockwork motion, life becomes more fluid and less rigid, based upon an intuitive sense of what action is right at any moment in time. Timing becomes everything, but in a way that the objective, physical mind cannot possibly comprehend.

Intuition feeds synchronicity, so the experience of time, with its expansions and contractions, takes on more importance than the fixed pace of the outer world’s objective time.

Higher consciousness adds more abilities to the ones we have already developed. Intuitive perception leading to perfect synchronicity is a perfect example of the growth that awaits us as we step into the New Reality.

For more insights into New Reality consciousness, see Owen Waters’ book, Love, Light, Laughter: The New Spirituality.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters, 13 Jan 2024

Materialistic science speculates on how the universe was created. Currently, the Big Bang theory is the most popular way to imagine how a universe full of life could have emerged from nothing.

New scientific discoveries come a lot easier when you include consciousness in the picture, especially the all-pervasive consciousness of the Creator of the universe. My favorite question in times of reflection on such matters is, “How did the Creator manage to do that?”

Many years ago, I reduced what may be called the Law of Creation to its simplest fundamentals. It states that Creation occurs when Divine thought and Divine feeling are set into complementary motion.

Some people might choose more poetic terms, such as intention instead of thought and love instead of feeling, but the simplest terms are more all-encompassing. For example, the dense physical versions of Divine thought and feeling are electricity and magnetism. Like their parent energies, they are quite different in nature to each other. They even operate along different axes – perpendicular at ninety degrees, not parallel to each other. If you set the energies of electricity and magnetism into motion at the right frequency, you produce visible light.

When curiosity originally stirred Infinite Being from its eternal state of placid perfection into a motion-filled exploration of possibilities, the Law of Creation was the necessary method employed for this adventure. Separating Divine consciousness into two different elements, thought and feeling or yang and yin, then setting them into motion, made possible an infinite variety of experiences.

Before the Beginning

Long before the universe came into existence, the Creator aspect of Infinite Being began its explorations by simply wanting to see and experience itself from different viewpoints. First, it split itself into two parts. This allowed Part A to sense and observe Part B from a different perspective. Then, the concept of space was born so that more parts could be created within the envelope of space and they could all view the other parts from their locations.

Density Layers of Existence

From our current-day perspective, we live in a universe containing nine major density layers, or realms of existence, each one more compressed than the one above it. The least dense (and most expansive) layer is ninth density (9D), which is home to galaxy-size fields of consciousness.

The Invention of Time

Once the idea of galaxies took shape, the concept of time had to be added into the mix. Galaxies could then travel within the envelope of space in cycles of time. Even though everything in Creation is fundamentally part of the Great Here and Now, the inventions of space and time make infinite variety possible.

Ultimately, each instant of time is just another expression of the one great Now, but it is made to appear different by giving each instant its own frequency signature, making each moment appear different from the previous one.

Bear in mind that frequency signatures are more than just different frequencies. They have different thought and feeling components as well as motion, so they have an almost infinite variety of possible signatures to differentiate themselves from others.

Creation by Compression

As detailed in my book, Spiritual Metaphysics: Answers to the Great Mysteries of Life, the higher cosmic densities are home to the core consciousness of galaxies (9D), solar systems (8D), and planets (7D). Then, the next three densities were created by compressing Divine consciousness even further.

Sixth density (6D) is home to angels and archangels. In their full aspects, archangels are global spirits whose enormous fields of awareness surround the world. The creation of sixth density opened the door to further compression, creating realms which would support the human experience. Fifth density (5D) is home to human soul consciousness and is a nonphysical realm of spiritual light and sound energies. Traditionally, 5D is referred to as the higher mental realms. Fourth density (4D) is home to spirits in the afterlife and also supports physical humans.

The universe, from our perspective, is the third density (3D) basic physical realm we currently call home. It was created, like all realms above it, by the further compression of the Divine mind. There was no sudden Big Bang event in 3D, creating the universe as we know it. The motion of the stars was created by Divine intention in higher densities long before the physical density realm existed.

Our physical world was created in a nonphysical density and then, in sacred silence, compressed into being.

No Big Bang necessary.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Your physical body exists at a specific location in space and time. In order to relocate physically, you have to travel to the new location. Your mind, however, is free to roam to different locations and even to other points in time. In recent decades, Remote Viewing – the mental viewing of remote locations – has been developed into a highly disciplined method of obtaining information from other locations in time and space.

Many people have experienced their own versions of this skill in the form of precognition or deja vu, where scenes that you suddenly recognize in your life are scenes that you had previously viewed while in another state of consciousness.

Deja vu occurs because you, as a soul, pre-planned the major themes of your life before your were born. You chose the time, the place and your parents in order to set a life plan in motion which would explore the desired themes.

Such pre-planning gave rise to the occurrence of related, meaningful events in your life which may have given you the impression that pre-destiny does exist.

To a degree, destiny does exist. The major themes of your life are pre-planned, by you, ahead of time. As you pass through life, certain names, places, people and activities resonate with a certain special-ness in your consciousness. It’s almost as if you knew these events once before, but you can’t quite remember when or where. That is so-called destiny, unfolding into your life along the lines of pre-planned, pre-viewed events.

In the phenomenon called deja vu, this previewing occurred either during your pre-life planning or in a recent, out-of-body, dream-state where, in order to help yourself remain on-purpose, you reviewed the important, upcoming events in your life.

Your soul, or inner self, has the capability, not only to see, but to BE in different locations in space and time. Physical life is a projection of consciousness, which appears to be solid, which appears to be fixed in location, and which appears to run along a linear timeline.

Solidity, space and time are all projections of consciousness in the theater of life. They are nowhere near as fixed as we have been led to believe.

When a particularly vivid example of deja vu occurs, it is not just the recall of a recent dream, it is more likely to be a real-time connection with your inner self – your complete consciousness – when you were planning this lifetime of experience.

Your inner self can look into how a plan of action would work out by connecting with the actual event at the time and space location where the event will occur. It can be a little disorienting to be living your regular life and suddenly have a brief connection with your inner self as it was working through the planning stage of your life many years ago before you were born.

In fact, you can come out of such a contact with your complete, inner self consciousness wondering – just for a split-second – where you are, and what the date is today! Such an experience is an excellent example of the wide-ranging consciousness of your inner self. It has the ability to relocate to and directly experience other locations in space and time.

As you progress in the development of your consciousness you will acquire more and more of the attributes of the expanded consciousness of your complete, inner self. Your daily consciousness is a tight focus, a subset, of your complete consciousness. That daily, waking consciousness is now expanding to incorporate more of the capabilities which you already possess within your complete, inner self.

Now that The Shift to the New Reality is occurring, this type of inner development is accelerating rapidly. As time passes, you will become more and more capable of perceiving other locations in time and space.

A fascinating exercise: Next time you’re in a good meditation session, tune into your future life 300 years from now. Among people who are interested in their likely future, 300 years from now is quite a productive target time. You may be incarnate, maybe not. You may be on planet Earth, maybe not. You may be an Earth human, maybe not. What will you find? Just shift your focus to 300 years in the future and do the usual progression protocol: Look down at your feet, look around you, rise up in the air for a wider perspective of where you are, and ask for impressions of what will be important to you at that time in your future. Makes you curious, doesn’t it?…

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

The consciousness behind all of Creation has been given many names, including Infinite Being, God, Brahman, Tao, Spirit, and the Absolute. The term Infinite Being is reflective of the all-inclusive, all-knowing, all-present nature of that Divine consciousness.

Some say that there can be nothing new within the all-inclusive beingness behind the Creation of the universe. All possibilities must already exist within Infinite Being, otherwise it would be incomplete and therefore not infinite and all-encompassing.

But, is that the end of the story? What about human creativity? For example, did the invention of the wheel simply express something that already existed? If so, where were the preexisting wheels hiding? Now, that is a mystery! Perhaps it was just the idea of the wheel that preexisted. But, even an idea would have needed to have started at some point as something new.

After billions of years of creating, carefully developing, and maintaining the universe, the Creator added human beings into the mix. After all that time of preparation, it seems that the universe was ready for humans with their empowering attributes of intelligence, memory, and free will.

As humans, we are created to search for novel solutions to any problems we encounter. We face challenges with curiosity and intelligence, leading to new discoveries and increases in our library of knowledge.

As humans, we volunteered to incarnate into a world that is so dense that we feel isolated from the higher aspects of our own consciousness. Our souls, based in a finer density of existence, do their best to offer higher guidance in the hope that we will make strides forward in the types of experiences we expect to gain in our lives.

If humans are intended to create novelty, i.e. new ideas, new solutions, and new objects, then it must be for good reason. Actually, it comes down to the same answer to the longest-standing metaphysical mystery on earth. In my book, Discover Your Purpose In Life, I told the story of how, in 2007, an archangelic being surprised me with a visit and, knowing that I would distribute such information, revealed the answer to that mystery.

The big question of all time was why, when Infinite Being is perfection in every way, did it want to move from just being into an active state of doing? To put it bluntly, why would it move into a state of imperfection so that it, through human consciousness, could find its way back to the perfection it already had? It was a total mystery, a conundrum of Creation.

Why would Infinite Being venture forth from pure beingness into action and embark upon a journey in search of perfection that it already has?

Nevertheless, here we are, sparks of the divine acting out the edict that we function as uniquely different beings so that Infinite Being can add our diversity into its unity. This means that the great Oneness is becoming, not the great Sameness with everyone all being identical to everyone else, but the great Variety, a gathering of infinite differences in joyful unity with our hearts vibrating as one.

So, can there be anything new in the universe? Yes, we create newness each and every day. It is our mission to use our God-given curiosity as we observe, learn, love, and create new solutions to every possible manifestation of the mysterious ways of life.

P.S. You can empower your own path through life with enlightening insights, such as the many contained within our collection of books.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

For the longest time, I wondered exactly what people meant when they used the word quantum. I think most of them wondered too, but it seemed like such a cool word that they used it regardless. Here’s how I would define it:

Quantum means pre-physical.

When an unseen quantum “wave function” collides with a barrier or a measurement device (a functional “observer”), it collapses into something visible. Presumably, the collision drops its energy level, so it enters the vibrational realm of visible light where its effects can be observed by physical eyes.

Another strange fact from the world of physics is that no one can see light particles until they have collided with something physical. Then, stripped of the invisibility of their etheric energy casing, the remaining electromagnetic portion of the light particles can be seen by physical eyes. Again, the invisible becomes visible.

In my latest book, Soul Communion, I noted another example of strangeness in the physics lab. By strangeness, I mean it pushes physicists toward the sometimes unwelcome idea that consciousness is behind all physical phenomena.

The Double-Slit experiment notes the difference in the manifestation of light particles when passed either through a single slit or a double slit. The single slit shows light particles reaching a detector screen while the double slit arrangement produces wave patterns on the screen. They call this wave-particle duality, meaning that a light particle can travel as tightly-contained particle or it can spread out from a central point as waves.

Different variations of the Double-Slit experiment have provided endless brain-teasing hours to theoretical physicists for well over a century, but the best variation of all is called the Delayed Choice experiment. At some point in the 1970s, John Wheeler got tired of wondering about the effect of one slit or two slits and how the presence of an observer fits in. Knowing that the decision to pass light through either one or two slits produces predictable outcomes – particles through one slit and waves through two slits – he tried the unthinkable. He set up an experiment to see what would happen if you made the decision to use either one or two slits AFTER a light particle had passed through the critical stage of the setup.

The result was that the light particle reacted according to the decision made a fraction of a microsecond IN ITS PAST. It’s as if it traveled back in time to its decision point to decide whether is was supposed end up as a particle or a wave.

I included that information in my book, Soul Communion, to illustrate how soul-level consciousness is not constrained by the passage of time in the same way as our physical brains. For a particle of energy to travel back in time to make a decision is unthinkable in the way we are trained to think but, at a pre-physical or soul level, the Time-Space Illusion is no longer a limitation.

One of the strange things about writing a book about a subject is that, as soon as you pass your knowledge along, it opens the floodgates for more new information to come into your awareness. I think the same principle applies to tithing. When you open a financial flow from yourself to help others, it becomes very easy for new forms of flow to come into your life as increased prosperity, often from seemingly miraculous circumstances.

As is typical when such floodgates open, just days after releasing my new book, I had a sudden realization that while the Delayed Choice experiment could be demonstrating time travel, and that is eminently possible, it could also be demonstrating prescience – a perception of coming events.

What if the Delayed Choice particle sensed the upcoming decision and reacted accordingly? I’m not sure how we will eventually prove whether time travel or prescience is the explanation, but it does remind us of a very valid point.

We all have prescient awareness of coming events. We always know what’s coming, especially in the next three months.

At a soul level of consciousness, you know your future, you know the choices you face, and you know how well each possible course of action would serve you. Our physical, third-density brains often filter out that wealth of information. Wouldn’t it be better to know what’s coming consciously? To foster the kind of feed-through from the soul mind to the physical brain that empowers you to be able to rise to any challenge in life? To know the elegant solution to every problem?

You can open the gates to such inner knowledge by reading and practicing the material in Soul Communion, Powerful Protocols to Access Your Inner Knowingness for Spiritual Awakening, Protection and Prosperity.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

We live in times of crisis, chaos, and opportunity for growth.

Looked at from your soul’s perspective, you could say that we live in deeply interesting times because of the great challenges we face. In fact, the rate of change of many things in the world today has sped up to an almost bewildering degree.

Amid the push and tug of contemporary conflicts and beneath all surface appearances, our future is being formed in a way that is building into a transformative tidal wave of change. It is being formed in a place in which we all share, yet most people are unaware even of its existence. That place is called the mind belt.

The mind belt is the mental atmosphere of human thought and feeling that surrounds the planet. Our subconscious minds are immersed in it; our superconscious minds are fully aware of it, yet our conscious minds rarely even glimpse its existence. Even so, our minds share in its atmosphere and we feed it with our own thoughts and feelings just like everyone else.

Let’s stop and think for a moment. Is it better to feed the global mind atmosphere with thoughts of anger, division, fear and desperation, or is it better to offer something more inspirational as our donation to the world’s mind belt?

The question hardly needs answering. As lightworkers we know how to raise our consciousness. While others spend their energy in anger and hate or in scheming to gain more power at the expense of others, we know that the future lies in the next step up the ladder of awareness, which is heart-centered consciousness.

The question is, how do you avoid being pulled down into the mire of human conflict when you want to create a state of harmony for yourself and others?

I’m so glad you asked… 🙂

Here is a technique you can use to create an enlightened space of consciousness for yourself and heal the world at the same time. It is called the Love and Light Technique.

The Love and Light Technique

Several times a day – whenever the thought arises – take a pause to refresh your state of consciousness. Any time you get the chance to enter a quiet space within for a few moments without distraction, you can begin by focusing on your breath.

Imagine, with each in-breath, the air you breathe in is filled with brilliant, energy-charged light. Breathe this light energy into the heart area in the center of your chest.

Then, on each out-breath, mentally focus on the words,

“Love and light to the world.”

Breathe in light, then let it out into the world, conditioned with the intention of love and light. Repeat at least twice more… and many more times when you can.

Do your part to fill the world with love and light. It changes your own state of consciousness and it helps heal the world in these desperate times of crisis.

With crisis comes opportunity. The opportunity to become who you really are, to manifest your soul’s true mission in life.

This is what we as lightworkers are here to do. To change the world. The Love and Light Technique empowers your ability to help humanity, to usher in the New Reality of love, light, and creative freedom of the spirit.

About the author: Owen Waters is the author of Love, Light, Laughter: The New Spirituality.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters and Dreama Vance

People imagine that they think from the brain, but that is only partly true. The brain processes physical information and provides you with the concepts of time and space so that you can function in the fabricated reality that appears to exist in a world outside of you.

Your mind, however, is a nonphysical field of consciousness and it is not fixed inside your head. Each of the seven major chakras, or energy centers associated with the human body, resonate to a specific frequency band of consciousness. For most people in today’s world, daily thought is focused around the solar plexus chakra. In other words, your thoughts come from and through such a frequency filter.

You receive mental energy from the global mind atmosphere or mind belt. Your thoughts and emotions condition this mind energy and you automatically re-transmit it back out into the mind belt. This can happen at the frequency of the solar plexus chakra or, in the case of higher thinking, at the frequency of the heart chakra.

At the lower end of solar plexus-level thinking, issues of hierarchical control are experienced while, at the higher end, intellectual achievement is the focus. A century ago, when the world shifted from the authoritarian lens of the lower end of the solar plexus chakra toward the intellectual achievement of the higher end, a distinct sense of self-empowerment unfolded. While people used to accept the idea of obedience and unquestioning faith in spiritual matters, today they have grown to realize that they can think for themselves and that they can determine and create their own reality.

The evolution of your consciousness produces an expansion in the size of your mind. The terms, “expanded consciousness” or “personal growth” literally refer to an expansion in the size of your mental field.

With the ongoing shift to New Reality thinking, the lens through which people see the world is moving from the solar plexus to the heart chakra. Heart-centered consciousness begins with an expansion of awareness that includes the needs of others and then progresses into the first stage of spiritual awakening.

People live within a chakra-related bubble of consciousness. Imagine it being rather like a deep sea diver’s helmet or a spacesuit helmet. That bubble is moving up from the solar plexus level and the world is seen as a very different place when viewed from the new heart-centered perspective.

Looking through the lens of the heart, everything has a different perspective. Instead of providing an understanding of the emerging New Reality from a simply intellectual viewpoint, this lens engages your higher feelings and the New Reality becomes a personal experience, not just a mental concept.

In order to master the changes that are thrown at us in today’s busy world, the new lens of reality has to be experienced each and every day. You need a technique which can spiritualize your consciousness either in a period of quiet reflection or, more quickly, when pressed by circumstances.

You need to be able to reconnect easily with the Divine Presence within so that an elegant solution to every challenge can be created. To achieve this, we recommend the clear and concise book, Soul Inspiration.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters, 29th October 2023

According to top psychics and remote viewers, we are just weeks away from a major timeline split. They sense looming world-changing events and are scrambling to find out more about the what, where and when of these events. Whatever it is they sense, the result is likely to be that some of the world’s population will choose a future of fear and hate while others choose a positive path, despite the distractions being placed before them.

Just recently, after the shocking news of the breakout of war in the Middle East, someone asked the Dalai Lama how he can still be so happy.

He replied, “How can I choose not to be happy?” and went on to explain that the world needs people to raise the global consciousness, not lower it by falling into depression and fear.

Some people see wars as events deliberately created to distract people from the coming ascension to a higher plane of existence. I see their point and I am reminded, as pointed out in my book, The Lightworker Mission, that the mission of a lightworker is simply to work the light! That means regular spiritual practices, preferably of the powerful variety.

Major timeline splits happen when part of the world’s population makes one choice while the others make an opposite choice. These divergence doorways don’t just open and then immediately snap shut: There will be months and years for people to catch up, to realize that a new reality is emerging and that they can choose love and peace over fear and hate.

I am reminded of a chapter in my Lightworker book:

Peace in Times of Change

In days gone by, spiritual seekers would hole up in a cave or other quiet place of retreat and isolate themselves from the hubbub of the world in order to seek inner truth. Today, the priority has changed.

We live in a time of rapid transformation. Because the underlying cause of rapid change today is the constant rise in the base frequency of matter, people feel adrift in a sea of change over which they have no control. The need for spiritual help and guidance in these days is paramount.

That means that the hubbub of social interaction is now in vogue and caves are so yesterday. People need lightworkers more than ever because we’re the ones who lead in understanding the nature of today’s great change. We’re the ones who energetically look up and see where we are going rather than looking around in the world and feeling overwhelmed and confused.

The nice thing about being on the leading edge of today’s tidal wave of change is that you actually do enjoy peace in those times of reflection. You may not have the time to be in retreat mode for very long each day but, when you do, you connect with that which is truly uplifting and inspiring.

In fact, with each passing year and each incremental rise in the background frequency of matter, that sense of inspiration and upliftment just keeps getting better and better.

With time, developing your inner life leads to a wonderful bonus. It leads to a sense of trust and confidence in the benevolent nature of the universe. With the unfolding of this ability to trust, you become able to “see through” the external events of the world and maintain a sense of peace and harmony based upon unchanging reality rather than the fickle changes of the outside world.

*To discover much more about your enormous potential to change the world for the better, see the book, The Lightworker Mission.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

The last period of Enlightenment, also known as the Age of Reason, emerged over 300 years ago. As it turns out, it was merely a practice session for the big one!

Today’s New Enlightenment is more than just another step forward in human development. It is a quantum leap forward into an uncharted territory filled with unlimited potential! The original Enlightenment developed the conscious mind. The New Enlightenment develops it further with access to the additional capabilities of the superconscious mind.

When you focus your mind upon the new frequency of consciousness, you open the door to the enormous information resources available to your superconscious mind. Unlike the physical brain, your mind can vary in size, from close-minded minisculity to superconscious expansiveness, which comes with access to any information, anywhere and at any time.

Unlike your physical brain, which began with a blank slate when you were born, your superconscious mind knows your deepest yearnings for the lifestyle that is most meaningful to you. Like a faithful protector, it works tirelessly to impress your conscious awareness with helpful guidance as your circumstances change. If only more people would listen to those subtle, yet vital hints, their lives could be filled with great inner joy as each one realizes and experiences their own unique purpose in life.

You may have already discovered how conscious creativity conquers many of life’s challenges. Now, try the superconscious version! New Enlightenment consciousness, previously the domain of leading thinkers, has now moved into the mainstream and is readily available to all seekers of a better life and a better world.

My new book, The New Enlightenment: Transformation into an Age of Abundance, reveals the distinct stages of human consciousness and how the dawning New Enlightenment opens the door to a beautiful life filled with purpose, abundance, and true inner joy.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

The Summer of Love, 1967

While 1967 is remembered for the Summer of Love, the year 2023 may very well be remembered for The Summer of Light.

During the 2010s, most leading thinkers were quite content in the early stage of heart-centered consciousness.

They had found peace by abandoning pointless ambition in favor of meaning in life and vibrant relationships with others. They were exploring the heart-empowering value of cooperation and leaving behind competition and its effect of estrangement from other human beings.

Rather than becoming what others thought they should become in order to rank high in societal approval, they were homing in on personal purpose as a rising source of inspiration. It had long since become obvious that there was more to life than competing to see who would own the most toys when they die.

The emotional effect of witnessing human helpfulness was already arousing their curiosity by tugging at their heartstrings. Don’t you just love a helpful, honest person who wants the best for, not just you, but for everyone they meet?

The urge to care and connect was continually finding more opportunities to express itself. This stage of consciousness added heart to the world of commerce, expanding its vision into something far more rewarding than simply making a greater profit than last year.

And then, suddenly, the world stopped, and it stopped long enough for people to re-evaluate everything.

Remember 2020? A world-changing event. An invisible bug, said to be spreading wildly and seeking out victims for a rapid death. Result: Mass panic!

Maslow’s Hierarchy of Human Needs

Just as people were getting settled into the Maslow Hierarchy’s heart-awakening stage of Self-Actualization… wham!

They were suddenly plunged, like it or not, into Fear for Survival mode… Maslow’s bottom of the triangle revisited!

Now, look what happened next…

After the protracted drama of the pandemic, people eventually snapped back to more-or-less normal consciousness, but with a difference. After having been settled in Self-Actualization, then beaten down to the bottom stage of Survival, anyone with a clear mind rose into a newly-empowered position, propelling themselves beyond Self-Actualization and right into the Transcendence stage!

This boomerang effect from the deep crisis brought about the New Enlightenment faster than would have otherwise been expected.

By the summer of 2023, a decidedly positive mood had dawned, along with a newly-established Age of Enlightenment. While 1967 is remembered as the Summer of Love, 2023 may very well be remembered as the Summer of Light that started this global awakening.

The dawn of the transcendent New Enlightenment opens the door to a beautiful life filled with purpose, abundance, and true inner joy. It means that we now have the readiness to face any challenge in life with inspired resourcefulness.

Spiritual seekers find the new consciousness especially helpful as actively engaging in it can be ten times more effective in gaining enlightenment than passive meditation practices!

Now, discover what gifts and capabilities the universe will bring in the coming months and years as The New Enlightenment unfolds…

https://www.infinitebeing.com/ebooks/newenlightenment.htm

Tell a friend…

by Owen K Waters

We are in the midst of a revolution in consciousness which is affecting everyone. Even the most staunch traditionalists in society are being dragged into a vortex of ever-increasing change.

The 80-20 rule states that 80% of any change is typically caused by 20% of the people. The 20% consists of the leading thinkers of the day.

In spiritual matters, these leading-edge people are sometimes called lightworkers or old souls, indicating that they have learned more from their experiences through many incarnations. This advanced learning is stored as wisdom in their souls and they benefit from it consciously through intuitive inner guidance.

Today’s leading-edge thinkers planned ahead to be incarnate at this time in history to help make the essential positive changes in society possible. Social science has now begun to recognize them as a major group in today’s society.

More than 1 in 5 adults have made a shift

A survey in the 1990’s by researchers Paul Ray and Sherry Anderson found that 26 percent of American adults had become what they termed Cultural Creatives. Over fifty million Americans now fit the definition of a newly emerging type of humanity that has made a comprehensive upward shift in worldview, values and way of life. In Europe, a 1997 survey conducted in fifteen European countries showed figures that are very similar to the United States.

So, in a social setting the term ‘leading-edge thinker’ actually applies to more than 20% of the people today. Most of them don’t think of themselves as leading edge, nor do they typically realize how many other people are just like them.

The term ‘lightworker’ is synonymous with ‘spiritual seeker.’ You may or may not think of yourself a lightworker but, if you’re reading this, then you fit the definition perfectly.

The two categories of Cultural Creatives identified by Ray and Anderson fit exactly into the consciousness patterns of lower and upper fourth density. While our physical bodies are currently located in upper third density, our minds are free to soar through heart-centered fourth density and into fifth-density soul consciousness.

When a person moves from the third-density function of developing basic intellect into lower fourth density, their worldview expands and they become more aware of the needs of society. They take into account the local and global effects of their own actions and the actions of others that they support. Environmental, organic and peace-making concerns all come under this frequency band of consciousness.

Then, as outlined in my book, The Shift: The Revolution in Human Consciousness, when people move from lower to upper fourth-density consciousness they pass through the gateway of the heart. This brings them into the first level of spiritual awareness and they become more concerned with inner development and enlightenment.

Leading thinkers are simply people whose normal frequency of consciousness is higher than average. The higher your frequency, the greater your awareness and the greater your ability to lead change by showing others how to resolve the challenges in life.

Freedom from control issues

Two popular issues today are control issues and self-empowerment. People who were raised to feel the need to be in control are now recognizing that this was just another form of fear which has no substance in reality.

Reality comes from your soul’s intuitive guidance because, at a soul level, you see everything that you need to succeed and achieve your purpose in life.

The opposite side of the same coin is the issue of self-empowerment, which is learned by people who break free of control by others and establish their own sense of inner strength and self-dependence.

The issue of self-empowerment is being explored at a societal level as well as an individual level. Every person who begins to realize that they are being deliberately disempowered and turns off the fear-inducing news broadcasts leads the world another step towards liberty from the chains that are designed to bind people to a life of servitude. Thanks to the awakening of lightworkers and leading thinkers, the world is waking up to a whole new standard of personal power and dignity.

Lightworkers often choose to experience major challenges in their lives, not because they need the experience, because they have mastered those challenges in previous incarnations. Instead, lightworkers choose to experience challenges because other people need leading thinkers to show them how to resolve these issues. The more the leading-edge people succeed in resolving these issues, the easier it becomes for the rest to follow.

There is a global mind atmosphere or ‘mind belt’ of human consciousness around the planet. You are subconsciously linked with the mind belt 24 hours a day. It affects you and you affect it. Your contribution to the mental and spiritual health of the world is made every second of every day.

The Lightworker Objective is to be a pioneer in the advancement of consciousness, often adopting certain challenges in order to work through them and, by doing so, creating a pattern in the mind belt to make it easier for others to follow.

If you are currently working through a major life challenge and feel as though you’re going round in circles and getting nowhere, STOP and look for the gift in that challenge.

The gift is that, by loving yourself and others more, you can rise above the challenge and become more of who you really are. Then, the experience changes from one of challenge to one of self-empowerment.

Real strength does not lie anywhere in the outside world. It lies within you. Once you find that inner power, you rise above any limitation and stand as a self-realized leading thinker in a world desperate for spiritual freedom.

Owen Waters is the author of The Shift: The Revolution in Human Consciousness.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Your inner being – your soul or higher self – is not something that you have. It is what you are.

Your complete consciousness is your inner being. All of the so-called parts of your mind – the conscious, the subconscious and the superconscious parts – are all facets of your one, complete consciousness, your inner being.

Your conscious mind is the result of your inner being focusing attention upon the outer world through your physical brain and senses. When, instead, you turn your attention from the outer world toward the inner world, you access the resources of your inner being.

Your inner being possesses all of the wisdom, understanding and strength that you will ever need. It is your ultimate, personal resource. Your inner being is also your link with the universe and with the consciousness behind all life, Infinite Being.

If you think of yourself as living your life like a performer on stage, then your inner being is like the backstage technician who makes sure that your performance has all the support that it needs to make everything happen on cue.

The amount of knowledge and wisdom available within you is unlimited. In order to access it, you only have to make an intention to go within and find it.

Your subconscious mind runs all of your biological systems without conscious effort on your part. In fact, if you think about it, the subconscious mind of an ant knows more about biochemistry than today’s leading scientists.

Your inner being knows even more; in fact, everything about anything you want to know anything about. The trick is to ask the question and then silence your conscious mind enough to hear the answer.

When you become consciously aware of the true nature of your inner being and its resources of wisdom, understanding and strength, you begin to dissolve many of the former limitations to your growth.

The key to expressing your human potential is to know that all potential lies within you and you only have to open an external channel in order to begin to allow that unlimited potential to flow out into the world.

The power is within. To become empowered, you don’t have to become something new. You only have to realize that you already have that power within, then allow that infinite inner potential to flow into your life.

To develop your sense of conscious contact with your inner being, see it as a way for you to have a partnership in the project of Life. Be willing to poll your inner being for feedback on everyday decisions. It has a wider view of the energies of life than does your physical mind, so this is a partnership which produces enormous benefits toward happy, safe, and productive experiences.

The big question is, of all the techniques of spiritual awakening that could make such inner guidance possible, which are the ones that are most effective and easiest to perform? And, how can they be combined for best effect when meeting daily challenges?

Those questions are answered in my latest e-book, Soul Inspiration: Unleash the Power of Your Higher Consciousness to Dissolve Problems and Create a Better Life.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Mystics are visionaries. That’s what gives them the edge in scientific research.

Newton, Faraday and Einstein were all examples of mystics. Most of their research occurred, not in a laboratory, but within their visionary consciousness.

Mysticism is a learned skill, just like learning to ride a bicycle, and it is an exact science. You can develop this incredibly useful skill and gain that visionary edge, not just in scientific research, but in any endeavor that you plan to undertake.

Mysticism is the act of going within. Our brains are entrained upon the external universe, which they perceive through the five senses. The act of going within means to withdraw from the exterior senses and allow inner perception to come forth.

It is a paradox that higher frequencies of consciousness are obtained by lowering the frequency of the brain. Brainwaves are electrical activity. The more the outer senses are slowed down, the slower the brainwave activity. Basically, we have to reduce outer-directed conscious activity in order to reach inner consciousness.

Higher consciousness is a frequency of mind, not a higher electrical brainwave activity. However, both consciousness and electric energy do resonate within the same universal magnetic field.

This primal, carrier field is the fabric of the universe. It is essentially a static magnetic fluid that fills all of space. It does not, however, appear static when viewed at the quantum level. Continuously fed by solar radiation, it appears as a hotbed of continual electromagnetic activity.

In her ground-breaking book The Field, Lynne McTaggart weaves together a compendium of how this primal, universal Field underlies virtually all phenomena in life. Every type of electromagnetic energy, including light, has its magnetic component. This magnetic component is the Field, the fabric of the universe.

Higher energies, in the form of etheric or life energy, also resonate in the Field just as electrical energy does. Furthermore, mental energies resonate in the Field and emotional energies resonate in the Field. The Field is the underlying link that allows all actions to play out in the universe. It is, as Lynne points out, the reason that the universe is a connected wholeness rather than a collection of isolated people and objects.

The Global Mind

The Field plays host to the mental/emotional atmosphere of humanity around the Earth. This global mind of humanity links us together. Every thought that you think, and every emotion that you feel, pass into the global mind and affect everyone else on the planet.

Who says that one person can’t have an effect in this world? We all have an effect, and if your effect is an inspired one, then it will inspire countless others around the world!

This global mind phenomenon also explains why scientific discoveries often pop up around the world in several places at once, even though the discoverers were not in physical communication. These discoveries are ideas whose time is right, so the thoughts circulate to those capable of receiving and interpreting their frequency.

Life Energy

The study of etheric energy, or life energy, is about to become a larger specialty of physics than electromagnetism. Lynne McTaggart’s book lists many manifestations of etheric energy, including healing energy, scalar waves, homeopathy, and acupuncture treatments of the human energy body.

Etheric energy is a pre-physical energy. Some would call it non-physical, yet it appears solid enough to people in the afterlife, or astral realms. Their “spirit” bodies, and the solid-looking articles around them, are made of etheric energy.

Because etheric energy is responsive to mental pressures, objects in those surroundings can be materialized and altered at will. According to out-of-body expert Robert Monroe, some newcomers to the afterlife get very excited about this ability to instantly create and modify thought-forms. So much so, that they redecorate their homes daily, using their minds to create any decor they can imagine! Such is the power of instant visualization, at least in the afterlife.

Moving back to the physical realm, another example of etheric energy is the substance of Rupert Sheldrake’s morphogenetic fields, which determine the shape-to-be of growing plants and animals. When we can more easily generate and measure etheric energy, then this new branch of physics will open and grow.

The practice of mysticism involves contemplation, which is a state of mind beyond concentration. When you study an object in front of you, you concentrate upon it. The state of concentration then allows insights from your intuitive faculty to enter the picture, so contemplation is a combination of concentration and intuitive insight. These intuitive insights come from the object of your attention because your mind has traveled into the object and acquired information about it.

Let’s say, for example, that the object of your contemplation is a subatomic particle, the electron. The nice thing about consciousness is that it can downsize its focus to the subatomic level. If you were to tune into such an actual subatomic particle, what would your impression be of its shape?

Would it be a sphere of solid matter? No, we already know that that is not possible because Einstein proved that matter is energy, and therefore its solidity is an illusion.

Would it be a point of electromagnetic energy? Yes, but what would be its shape? What would be its function as it interacts with the rest of nature?

What kind of motion would be present? Would it be an vortex of electromagnetism, spinning and radiating, speaking to all of the rest of Creation? Would it have an etheric template, like a morphogenetic field, acting as a waveguide as it continuously cycles between the Field and physical expression?

Intuitive insight is evolving from its former, dream-like status into the verifiable world of rigorous, scientific control.

The Early Days of Science

This is similar to the transition of another discipline, the one from alchemy to chemistry that occurred 300 years ago. That was the time of Robert Boyle, one of the founding members of the early scientific research establishment, The Royal Society.

Robert Boyle
1627-1691

In those days, there was little or no industry to fund scientific research, so King Charles II was approached to fund research into the wonders of those days, hence the name, The Royal Society. After Boyle published his magnum opus, The Sceptical Chemist, the vagueness of alchemy was shifted irrevocably into the precision of modern-day chemistry. All thanks to his intuitive insights.

If Boyle had not possessed a sound, intuitive grasp of the subject matter of alchemy, then he could not have extracted its potential for growth; the growth which became modern-day chemistry.

Isaac Newton was 15 years junior to Robert Boyle. After a difficult upbringing, Newton attended Cambridge University to earn his Bachelor’s degree and then trained in alchemy under Robert Boyle.

Isaac Newton
1643-1727

Michael White, in his biography of Isaac Newton, refers to Newton as an obsessive, driven mystic, deeply involved in alchemy and a subscriber to a “heretical” sect of Christianity, i.e. one with some ideas of their own. Newton spent a large part of his life intensely involved with alchemy, leaving behind over one million words on the subject. A mystic to the core, he also spent a considerable amount of time studying biblical prophecy, Rosicrucian mysticism, astrology and numerology.

White concluded that Newton’s search for the philosophers’ stone and for scientific fundamentals such as gravity are inextricably linked. Newton was a mathematical mystic, devoted to finding out how God had constructed the universe. He was an obsessive character who searched for an understanding of the universe by whatever means possible.

During his life, Newton headed the Royal Society (1691-1727), invented calculus, and gave us an understanding of gravity and light. He formulated the three laws of motion upon which all of mechanics is based and, famously, narrowly avoided being hit on the head by a falling apple.

Michael Faraday began his work in science researching chemistry, where he discovered benzene and succeeded in liquefying a number of gases. He soon moved ahead into the new and fascinating realm of electricity. Most of his colleagues doubted even the existence of “such a phantasie as electricity.” Surely, they said, there could be no serious connection between such diverse phenomena as lightning, static electricity, battery cells and electric eels?

Michael Faraday
1791-1867

While Faraday’s Victorian colleagues were, by comparison, unimaginative materialists, he proved to be a true mystic scientist. He actually saw, in his mind, a dance of energy in electromagnetic fields. In Faraday’s mystical vision, ahead of even today’s mainstream view, he saw matter as consisting of tiny electromagnetic fields. In his Experimental Researches in Electricity, he said “Each atom extends, so to say, throughout the whole of the solar system, yet retaining its own centre of force.”

With Volta’s invention of chemical batteries and their ability to produce a controlled current, laboratory experiments in electricity became much easier to perform. Prior to Volta’s chemical batteries, experimenters had used Leyden jars, which only stored a small charge of static electricity. Volta was later honored by having the unit of electrical potential, the volt, named after him. It is fortunate that the inventor of the Leyden Jar, Pieter van Musschenbroek, was not chosen for this, as we could have ended up today with houses wired, not for 115 or 240 volts, but for 115 or 240 musschenbroeks!

Faraday’s successful decoding of electromagnetic behavior led him to invent the transformer, the electric motor and the electric generator. Later, James Clerk Maxwell became his student and friend.

James Clerk Maxwell
1831-1879

Maxwell, another true mystic, could see the field structure of electromagnetism clearly in his mind’s eye. He went on to develop mathematical tools for calculating the behavior of electromagnetic fields. This enabled him to calculate the speed of traveling electromagnetic waves, which was – surprise, surprise – the speed of light. From this discovery, a realization unraveled that light was electromagentism.

Albert Einstein was another deeply mystical figure, one who had the vision to see that space and time are compressible. His realization that “solid” matter was really just energy, created a global paradigm shift.

Albert Einstein
1879–1955

Einstein said that, “The most beautiful emotion we can experience is the mystical. It is the power of all true art and science. He to whom this emotion is a stranger, who can no longer wonder and stand rapt in awe, is as good as dead.”

Einstein is also known for making statements such as:

“God does not play dice with the universe.”

“Religion without science is blind, and science without religion is lame.”

“The Field,” he even said at one point, “is the only reality.”

Perhaps the most mystical statement of all came from Michael Faraday who, referring to life in general, said:

“All this is but a dream.”

The practice of mysticism is the practice of going within. Any meditative practice will help you develop this skill and gain that visionary edge in any endeavor.

For the ultimate meditation, see the article, Infinite Being Meditation.

This article was written by Owen Waters, author of the Indie award-winning book, Spirituality Made Simple.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

The gateway to spiritual consciousness is through the heart.

The Creator designed the human experience to consist of twelve stages of evolving consciousness. As I detailed from the original research in my first book, The Shift: The Revolution in Human Consciousness, these range all the way from basic survival to the ultimate state of spiritual consciousness.

Much of the 20th century was devoted to the fifth stage of human consciousness, which is intellectual development. Today, people are migrating in droves to the next stage of human growth, which is heart-centered consciousness.

When a person focuses their intellect through the lens of heart-centered consciousness, they see how much the world needs help and healing rather than the old ways of competition and destruction. The initial stage of heart-centered consciousness produces a constructive, global outlook. It also places a person just one short step from the later stage of heart-centered consciousness and the dawning of spiritual awareness.

“Love your neighbor as yourself” is a guideline that has been with us since the early days of human development. Today, it’s no longer a distant ideal to be sought. The mass shift to heart-centered consciousness means that unconditional love now comes to people naturally.

The complete love and acceptance of yourself and others is the heartbeat of the New Reality.

Feeling unconditional love towards others is the key to successful, meaningful interactions with everyone with whom you meet in any situation. Feeling unconditional love towards yourself fosters a healthy sense of self-esteem which builds a positive reality based upon mutual support.

Even if there are outer behaviors that need improvement in yourself or others, it is unconditional love that is the key that will find the solutions that will bring positive transformation to those behaviors.

Once you begin to think with an open heart, you are stepping from basic human consciousness into the spiritual stages of human development. This is exactly what we came to earth to accomplish because finding spirituality is fundamental to the human experience. It may take courage to move into heart-centered consciousness, but once you acquire the expanded view of a life filled with love, you will never want to step back to the way things were.

You will soon find that any worries or fears that arise in your life can be transformed by the greatest power in the universe – that of unconditional love. It is the power of love that holds the universe together. It is a force of attraction that permeates every cell of your body and constantly reminds you of the love of the Creator for all of life.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Peace resides in the human heart. Inner peace creates outer peace in your relationships and in the effect that you have upon the global consciousness.

Peace is a choice. It respects your boundaries and it respects the boundaries of others. When you set your boundaries and stop others from intruding into your space, when you respect other people’s boundaries and do not intrude into their personal space, then it is possible to move on to the next step, a state of mutual cooperation.

Mutual cooperation means that you support each other in ways that come from your heart. You help people because you love the spirit within them. Their outer personality is not the important focus here; it is their inner light, their inner spirit that you can always love, regardless of their outward actions. This, then, is the foundation for unconditional love.

The best model for unconditional love is right above you in the daytime sky. The Sun shines on everyone alike, without any judgment. It is a blazing symbol of the Creator’s bounty and a constant guarantee of the energy you need for the experience of life.

When faced with each choice between love and fear, focus on your heart as the source of uplifting love and inspiration.

Love and support are the key requisites for lasting peace. The more people embrace peace in their own lives, the more they affect the global consciousness that we all share on this planet.

Happiness is the fruit of the tree of life. It is the needle in the compass that tells you that you are on track, that you are ‘on purpose’ in your journey through life.

True happiness is inner joy, that deep and genuine joy which lasts forever. It comes from being in resonance with your inner purpose, with your inner self.

Your inner self is your soul, the part of you which lives forever, the part of you that is always there to help, guide and protect you.

Within this inner soul burns the flame which connects you to the entire cosmos of Creation. It is your connection to Infinite Being, to the All That Is.

In this heart of your spiritual connection lies a wonderful essence. This is the essence of spirituality and joyful living. As your conscious connection with this essence grows, so does your level of happiness.

A connected life is a purposeful and rewarding life. It is one where you apply your efforts exploring the exact situations that you came here on Earth to experience. With love and wisdom, you transform these situations into lasting success.

Through life, you experience the endless variety of Creation. Through life, you journey back to that source from which you came. Through life, you find the inner flame which is the key to eternal joy and happiness.

*For the definitive work on peace and happiness, see Owen Waters’ book, Higher Consciousness: Finding Peace and Joy Above the Noise

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

In this physical world, the entire range of human experience varies all the way from Caveman to Cosmic consciousness.

Caveman

Cosmic consciousness

As revealed in my first book, The Shift: The Revolution in Human Consciousness, much of the 20th century was devoted to the fifth stage of human consciousness, which is intellectual development.

Intellectual development

Today, people are migrating in droves to the next stage of human growth, which is community-aware, heart-centered consciousness.

To put that in terms of the different density layers of existence, humanity is currently in upper third density (“Upper 3D”) and is transitioning into lower fourth density (“Lower 4D”). The stages of human consciousness and the density layers of existence relate to each other as follows.

The Material Tier of Density Bands of Consciousness

Stage 1. Upper 1D Survival instinct
Stage 2. Lower 2D Tribal grouping
Stage 3. Upper 2D Courage and exploration
Stage 4. Lower 3D Hierarchical order
Stage 5. Upper 3D Intellect and physical science
Stage 6. Lower 4D Community awareness

The Spiritual Tier of Density Bands of Consciousness

Stage 7. Upper 4D Unconditional love
(Note: Some people cause confusion by using the term “5D” or “the Fifth Dimension” to describe the characteristics of Upper Fourth Density.)
Stage 8. Lower 5D Inspiration and intuition
(Note: Your superconscious soul body is based in Lower 5D, which is a nonphysical density.)
Stage 9. Upper 5D Higher mental development
Stage 10. Lower 6D Spiritual enlightenment
Stage 11. Upper 6D The angelic realm
Stage 12. Lower 7D Cosmic consciousness

If my Mind is in 4D, Why is my Body Still in 3D?

While your mind can freely move up and down the frequency scale, your physical body is anchored to the vibrational frequency of the physical body of the planet. The planet, currently in upper third density, is at the borderline of the transition from 3D into 4D physical existence (happening soon – see Ascension to a Higher World), which is why life today is so full of rapid change.

Avoiding the Trap of Making Comparisons

In the physical world, humans can experience the entire range of physical experience and take as many incarnations as they need to achieve this. Although people work their way from the lower frequencies to the higher ones, it is best to avoid thinking of some people as ‘better’ than others because to do so drops you back into the limitation of Stage 4 hierarchical thinking.

A more practical way of looking at the different frequencies of consciousness is to visualize a piano keyboard. The C octave actually is directly related to the 12 stages of human consciousness. Middle C resonates to stage 1 survival consciousness, while the next 11 notes correspond exactly to stages 2-12 of human consciousness.

Piano octave – C D E F G A B

There are 7 major keys in the C octave and 5 minor keys. They all have equal function in the musical performance. Nobody thinks of the B key as better than the A key, even though it does have a higher frequency.

You could also think of the journey through human experience as being like a train ride, with many stopping places to see along the way to the final destination. If you chose to take a train ride from New York to San Francisco, for example, you might follow this route:

New York, Philadelphia, Washington DC, Charleston West Virginia, Cincinnati, Indianapolis, Chicago, Omaha, Denver, Salt Lake City, Reno, Sacramento, and, finally, the San Francisco area.

Along the way, it doesn’t matter which stage you have reached, so much as the sights, the experiences, and the joy that you gain from the experience. The soul of a person stopping in Philadelphia is no different than the soul of a person stopping in Sacramento.

Life is a package of experiences. Every stage along the way has equal value. And, when you get to San Francisco, you might just turn around and take the train back again, just to get more of the same experiences.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

In my latest e-book, Ascension to a Higher World, I pointed out that we are getting very close to the long-awaited global ascension to a higher realm of physical existence. What I didn’t mention until now is that this event will remove the main reason for today’s high level of population growth.

While there are many reasons for the availability of more bodies into which to incarnate, these are all manifestations of the soul urge for reincarnation at this time. As always, soul demand and intention precedes physical manifestation.

One of the big soul factors behind the scenes for today’s population growth is what might be called incarnational tourists. The universe is a big place and these souls, who normally incarnate on a wide variety of other planets, learned of the coming big event on planet Earth. The Shift from physical 3D to physical 4D will be of huge value to their collection of life experiences.

So, the tourists headed over here, looking for any opportunity to incarnate into the biggest event in tens of thousands of years. Even if they are born here and then pass on into the afterlife before the physical ascension happens, they will still experience the afterlife version of the sudden upgrade in frequency.

Basically, just as it says in the Bible, the dead shall be risen first, then the living shall be raised up. That is, physical beings will be raised up into the frequency band vacated by the afterlife beings who will have been risen, as explained in my Ascension to a Higher World e-book.

Besides the population increase caused by incarnational tourist traffic, people who usually incarnate on planet Earth have been adding to the recent population growth by speeding up their rate of incarnation. In the last 300 years, instead of the usual schedule of maybe one incarnation, people have been engaged in rapid reincarnation, returning two, three, or even four times to experience as much as they can in these days of intense transformation.

Add to that yet another factor in today’s high population. Multiple incarnations of the same soul in the same time period. Lightworkers tend not to favor this as it splits the attention of the soul, weakening the focus available for their prime purpose. Some people, however, want to gain multiple perspectives during era of The Shift, so they incarnate in two or more bodies at different locations on the planet.

What Happens Next

So, what happens when the big ascension event is over? Obviously the tourists won’t be looping back around, looking for another incarnation. Even the locals will have had the peak experience of their lives on earth. Consider also that there are two types of locals:

1) Starseeds – advanced souls who came to earth anytime in the last few thousand years as lightworkers to help the population make it through the upcoming Shift to higher consciousness. Guess where those souls are going after the big event? Back home to the Pleiades, Sirius, Andromeda, and who-knows-where, happy to be older and wiser than when they left.

2) Souls who are still training within the 3D physical experience cycle. As there are potentially 288 incarnations in one full learning cycle (and some souls end up needing to repeat the cycle and go around again), there can be much need for learning still ahead for these younger souls. So, they’ll line up for reincarnation on the ascended earth, right?

No, the rules will change because physical life on Earth will be in 4D, not the 3D that they are in the process of learning to master through experience. There will no longer be a 3D Earth, but the galaxy is full of human-friendly planets with 3D availability. So, do we know where the 3D souls will go for their next incarnations?

Mass Dreams of the Future

Here’s one source of insights on that subject. A picture of the possibilities for more 3D experiences emerged in the 1980s book, Mass Dreams of the Future. It details the results of a research project that was undertaken where hundreds of seminar attendees were progressed (rather than regressed) through hypnosis into the future (rather than the past) to see what their future lives would be like in the time period 2100 – 2500 AD. Author Chet Snow summarized the results of this research project, which had been conducted by hypnosis expert Helen Wambach assisted by himself.

Of those subjects reporting that they are to be physically incarnate in those future time zones, they found that the information correlated remarkably well into certain categories. These showed common themes in the different living environments viewed in those future incarnations.

1. New Age-types who lived an ecological lifestyle in harmony with the Earth (and with high-tech comforts). This was an idyllic picture of a new lifestyle in ascended 4D.

2. In-space dwellers and people who lived on other planets – those in ascended 4D choosing to use their rapidly-evolving technology to becomes explorers and pioneers.

3. Isolated cases of individuals living in the remains of once-great cities. Well, even after ascension, some people prefer the old places and the old ways, even though most people moved away to live in the beauty of nature.

4. A world of dome-covered cities. Now, this is obviously the version of future living that shows life on a new 3D planet where 3D-focused souls will go to continue their paths of learning.

In sharp contrast to the green earth of the New Age category, this is a world where people will live under domes that offer protection against what will initially be an unbreathable outside atmosphere. It becomes a clean atmosphere later (after the 2100 AD era), but this is obviously not the same planet as the green, New Age Earth which will exist in 4D, but no longer in 3D.

Then, at a later incarnational date, the subjects reported that humans on the 3D dome-cities planet were able to venture outside of the domes into the newly-clean atmosphere and make rural life possible. They were then able to farm the land, initially in a low-tech way similar to the 1800s on Earth and later with the help of machines. At that point, they observed that the dome cities were still in use by people who preferred the controlled-climate cities rather than living out in the country with its seasons and weather variations.

The Lightworker Mission

Whatever the future brings in the decades and centuries ahead, our present focus is on the imminent ascension of the planet from 3D into physical 4D. As lightworkers, the need for our support and guidance for others is critical in these days of great change prior to the big Shift.

You can gain personal support in this from my e-book, The Lightworker Mission, which reminds you of why you came to Earth and provides powerful techniques for unlocking knowingness and the healing of yourself and others.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Stories and myths of Creation from around the world share a common thread. Most of them start with a division, a splitting of the original One into two complementary parts so that Creation could be achieved.

In ancient Egypt, more than 5,000 years ago, Creation was said to have occurred when the power of thought made light arise above the abyss. Here the two components before the creation of light were 1) thought, and 2) an already-created abyss of empty space.

In ancient Greece, the universe was said to have been a place without light until Eros (Love) arose, bringing light and order. Here we have intent and feeling bringing light into being.

In ancient Aztec culture an original ‘Lord’ and ‘Lady’ were said to have brought into existence all things. People throughout history have more easily understood the idea of father and mother figures behind Creation rather than the idea of original principles, or facets, of the one Creator. The Holy Trinity of Christianity includes both ideas – God the Father is the creative principle while the Holy Spirit is the love that permeates all space.

Hinduism, the origin of which predates recorded history, recognizes an original or Absolute state as the one ultimate state of being behind all things. Then, from the Absolute, sprang forth the principles of Creation. These principles are portrayed as the personalities of Brahma, Vishnu and Shiva.

Brahma symbolizes the aspect of the Absolute that brings forth the works of Creation. Vishnu represents the aspect that preserves and sustains the universe – an all-pervasive love, in other words. Shiva represents the aspect that brings motion into the universe, making possible the creation, and the decay, of objects in the physical world.

Judaism, Christianity and Islam all share the same historic roots. In the Book of Genesis, it is said that Creation began when God created the heavens and the earth and then said, “Let there be light.” Notice that this initial act of Creation came before the creation of the stars and the creation of our Sun. Therefore, these initial instances of the words ‘heavens’ and ‘earth’ need to be taken metaphorically, not literally. The ‘earth’ was said to be formless and empty, like a pre-creational void, as the Spirit of God hovered over the ‘waters’ of the formless deep. So, here we have:

1) The intent of God the Creator, hovering over:

2) The formless deep of a universe-to-be. This ‘formless deep’ referred to the universe, not to the Earth, because the stars (and therefore the Earth) had not yet been formed. Then, later, all possibilities began with:

3) “Let there be light.” This is where motion was applied in order to activate the hollow shell of the universe. This, then, made all of Creation possible, including the stars, the planets, their biospheres, and all that they contain.

The common thread in all of the above stories of Creation is this: Intent and love together created a universe in the form of a void, an abyss. Intent and love were then set into motion in order to bring light and life into the void.

All of these stories of Creation are thousands of years old. Historically, they were told to people who believed that the Earth was all there was to the extent of the Creation. In general, they had not yet gained an appreciation that the stars in the sky were actually other suns in the remote distance.

Today, we have a much better appreciation of the vastness of Creation. Our Milky Way galaxy contains hundreds of billions of stars, each of them capable of supporting a number of planets.

In comparison, the size of the universe is staggering. As of 2021, astronomers announced that there are approximately 2 trillion galaxies in the universe and that gives an estimated 200 billion trillion stars.

That’s 200,000,000,000,000,000,000,000 stars in the universe!

It stands to reason that the Creator of all of this vastness is an entity much larger than that which was created. Infinite Being is a consciousness so huge that the entire universe is held within its awareness and focus, within its conscious embrace.

Infinite Being is all things, it is all potential. As a state of being, it fundamentally does not “do,” it just is. Infinite Being is the ultimate state of being. However, at some point, Infinite Being decided to ‘become,’ rather than just ‘be.’ It decided to manifest its potential, and then to act out every part of that potential.

In order to achieve this original Creation, Infinite Being divided its consciousness. In one direction, it focused intent. In another direction, it focused its love, or its feeling. Then, in a third direction it applied action, or motion, so that the two facets of itself – intent and feeling – could interact with each other as intertwined waves of consciousness in motion.

In this way, Infinite Being extended itself from just being, into a state of action. This extension of itself had become what we call the original Creator. The One Creator has three facets, a triad of intent, feeling and motion. The existence of motion in this creative triad makes the One Creator an action-oriented projection of the original, non-moving, all-potential state of Infinite Being.

And yet, nothing specific had been created up to this point. There was, however, the potential for everything to be created. For this, a stage needed to be set, upon which Infinite Being could express itself as an infinite variety of possibilities and witness itself from an infinite variety of viewpoints. In order to provide that stage, the universe was created.

First, the concept of space was intended within the consciousness of Infinite Being. Next, this hollow, original shell of a potential universe was filled with love. Then, life was ‘breathed’ into the void when motion was added to it.

With the setting of the universe into motion, the ‘light’ had come. It filled all of space with infinite pathways of potential primary energy and, later, the potential for matter and all that matter could become.

Today, we find ourselves living out the latest adventure in the infinite experiences of existence. As facets of Infinite Being, we are each here to experience life as we see it from our individual, unique viewpoints.

You, as the soul within, are the observer of life. While you are busy with life in the physical world, it may seem difficult to connect with your spiritual aspect, your soul. But to do this means that you are connecting directly with the observer within and seeing the purpose in all aspects of your life. That is why the most rewarding part of the day is the time that you set aside for regular meditation. With inner support and guidance, your path through life becomes clear and filled with purpose.

If you haven’t already done so, make the time to practice meditation at the start of each day. A habit very soon becomes a routine, and this is one that very soon becomes the highlight of each day.

For further support, the e-book Higher Consciousness is highly recommended.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

If there is anything that you dislike about yourself – your body, your mind or your feelings – it is time to clear away that old baggage once and for all.

Tell yourself a totally positive thought, such as:

“I love everything about my body.”

Then, listen for the inner voice of self-criticism to step in and say things like, “except for my weight,” “except for my unmanageable hair,” and so on.

The point of the exercise is to identify opinions and beliefs that you hold at an unconscious level. Bring them up into your conscious mind where you can see them and, then, they can be addressed and healed using the power of Love. That’s Love with a big “L,” as in Unconditional Love.

Here’s how it’s done, using Unconditional Love:

First, you add a phrase onto the end of the criticism. That phrase is, “and I Love myself anyway.” So, if you hear your inner voice say, “except for my weight,” you add, “and I Love myself anyway” right on the end.

In the example of weight being the issue, here is the sequence of events:

1) You stated, “I love everything about my body.”
2) The thought, “except for my weight” came up, thereby revealing its existence.
3) You then respond, “and I Love myself anyway.”

Now, here’s where we come to the magic bit. By the power of Love you can transform and heal the limiting belief, “except for my weight.”

Imagine the thought, “and I Love myself anyway” as a small ball of mental energy and direct it into the energy center of your heart, which is outside of your body, just in front of your breastbone. Feel your heart energy bathing the phrase, “and I Love myself anyway” in its warmth as you mentally repeat it while focused on that energy center.

Then, repeat the positive statement, “I love everything about my body,” and, again, wait for the voice of the inner critic. You may find that the old belief has been dissolved on the first attempt. More likely, however, you will find that it has simply been lessened – that it comes with a less intense negative feeling.

Here’s the key to dissolving negative feelings: Repeat the process a few times and notice how the power of the negative feeling dissipates with each performance of this healing technique. Repeat until it becomes a non-issue.

Now, use this technique to heal other negative ideas. Use another totally positive statement, such as:

“I feel wonderful about myself.”

This will reveal negative emotions and self-criticisms of a nonphysical nature. Use unconditional love again:

Add, “and I Love myself anyway” onto the end of the first criticism that comes up.

Imagine that thought as a small ball of mental energy and direct it into the energy center of your heart, just in front of your breastbone. Feel your heart energy bathing the phrase, “and I Love myself anyway,” in its warmth.

Repeat this positive statement and keep repeating the technique until the criticism has faded into either silence or a non-active emotional state.

Fears are another kind of barrier to higher consciousness. Fear is the opposite of love. Love dissolves fear, just as fear can drive out love.

There is no fear that cannot be dissolved by the application of love energy.

To reveal hidden, inner fears, use the statement:

“I feel safe at all times and in all places.”

You may discover, or remember, that you have fears of water, of heights, of flying, all of which can be released with unconditional love.

Once you clear emotional blockages to unconditional love, you are ready to move ahead and glimpse the next adventure in higher consciousness: The deep, intuitive inspiration of soul consciousness.

*Owen Waters is the author of Higher Consciousness: Finding Peace and Joy Above the Noise, available now at

https://www.infinitebeing.com/ebooks/higher.htm

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

One of the mysteries of quantum physics today is the fact that subatomic particles communicate with each other at speeds far greater than the speed of light. Apparently they weren’t listening to Einstein when he said that they’re not supposed to be able to do that.

This phenomenon came to light in 1982 at the University of Paris, where it was shown that related photons are able to instantaneously communicate with each other regardless of the distance separating them. It doesn’t matter whether they are 10 feet or 10 billion miles apart, they say. Somehow each particle always seems to instantly know what the other is doing.

Metaphysics – the science of energies beyond the physical – provides the answer because it recognizes the existence of mental energies. It also recognizes that all things are conscious, so let’s rephrase that 1982 experiment in metaphysical terms:

Two photons meet and, like two normal, healthy, conscious entities, they take a liking to each other. Even though one is sent off on a long journey and the other is kept close for observation, they stay in touch. After all, they are friends. When something happens to one, it promptly happens to the other as a sympathetic reaction. Now, because mental energy travels at millions of times the speed of light, their speed of communication is virtually instantaneous. And, yet another mystery is solved by modern metaphysics.

Mental energy is one of the nonphysical energies in Creation. It can be used as an umbrella term to include the energies of both rational thought and emotional feeling. The existence of mental energy in motion should come as no surprise because the universe was created by Original Thought and Original Feeling set into motion.

Every second of every day, your physical brain transmits and receives mental energy to and from the mental atmosphere which surrounds this planet. This globally-shared mind belt is the medium which enables discoveries and inventions to occur at the same time by people who are not in physical contact with each other. For example, the discovery of oxygen was made not by one researcher, but by three different ones in three different countries at the same time. Mathematical calculus was another example. It was created by Newton in England and Liebnitz in Germany at the same time, leading to years of entertaining rivalry.

Have you ever had an idea, then seen other people express or use that same idea? You probably said, “Hey! I thought of that first!” Well, that’s exactly how the mind belt works. It’s an atmosphere that you share with all other sentient beings, but you especially tune in to the topics and frequencies of mind that interest you the most.

Throughout your life, you contribute to the energies of the mind belt and do your part in making the world what it is today. As a spiritually-minded person, you uplift the mind belt because the frequency of heart-centered consciousness is a lot higher than the self-involved thoughts of the statistically average person across the face of the globe. At this point, you may wonder how spiritual people – a smaller portion of the current population – can do much good in a world affected by a lot of materialistic and depressive thinking. The answer may surprise you.

It’s almost as if the Creator stacked the cards in favor of spiritual evolution. As a spiritually-minded person, your higher-frequency thoughts have exponentially more power and influence than thoughts of a lower frequency. By definition, at least 80% of the population has an average effect upon the mind belt. You, however, have a frequency advantage which empowers your influence in the world far more than you may have realized.

Researcher David Hawkins spent years investigating the effects of the whole frequency range of human consciousness and came up with an amazing discovery. As a spiritually-aware person, the influence of your consciousness is equivalent to hundreds of thousands of statistically-average people! This surprising fact presents us with an incredible opportunity to help others and make a very positive difference in the world.

His actual figure was that a person’s consciousness at the entry level to spiritual awareness counter-balances and lifts up the effect of the thoughts of 800,000 people of average consciousness around the world! Imagine what happens when you go beyond the entry level and work every day on your own spiritual growth. Before you know it, you’re helping to uplift tens of millions of people and making the world a distinctly better place than it would have been without the benefit of your presence.

As you raise your consciousness, you contribute exponentially more to the spiritual quality of the global mind. Therefore, your greatest service to humanity is, paradoxically, focusing upon your own spiritual growth. This wonderful level of service to humanity occurs as a direct effect of your consciousness upon a world which has been starved, for so long, of spiritual thought and spiritual energy.

Meanwhile, as you develop ever-higher levels of consciousness, you become more attuned with the soul aspect of your awareness. Operating just above the heart-centered level of consciousness, your soul aspect has the freedom to see beyond the limitations of space and time.

Your soul, as the higher part of your mind, knows the exact details of your life plan and its current status. While your physical brain rests at night, your active awareness rises to this higher level in order to review your life on an ongoing basis.

The key to being on-target with your intended life path each day is to develop soul awareness as your intuitive support for the goals and challenges that you face in your physical life.

Make a decision to develop your spiritual growth on a daily basis. Choose a time for reflection and spiritual practices each and every day. Spend that time increasing your frequency of consciousness by engaging in meditation, spiritual study, energy work, reflection, and the use of sacred essential oils.

As you develop your spiritual knowledge and healing ability, you become able to spread the word of how others can empower their lives and achieve spiritual freedom. With a more developed sense of intuition, you soon learn how to make better choices based upon a growing sense of your innermost joy. Life becomes an inspired dream factory where your highest visions for a better world begin to manifest in the physical reality around you.

*Owen Waters’ latest book is Higher Consciousness: Finding Peace and Joy Above the Noise.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Releasing old, limiting beliefs can set you free to explore higher states of mind and greater states of abundance. We are here on earth to expand our minds – to literally make our fields of consciousness bigger. Your brain might have a fixed size but your mind is free to rise in frequency and grow to the sky!

There are distinct stages of conscious evolution, progressive steps that have been studied and categorized by social scientists and psychologists. For example, Abraham Maslow (1908-70) was a psychologist who became well known for his Hierarchy of Human Needs.

When he developed his theory in the 1950s, he predicted the transformation of humanity into a realm of spiritual transcendence, but he had no idea just how soon this would develop into a major movement. Maslow’s Hierarchy of Human Needs shows that basic human needs have to be fulfilled before people can attend to higher needs and values.

First, the basic physiological needs of food and shelter must be catered for in order to ensure survival.

Next, once food and shelter are obtained, safety and security must be achieved.

Then, acceptance by others is sought, in both the societal and personal senses. To fulfill this belonging need, people become part of a group, a tribe, an extended family, or a community.

When these deficiency-related needs are satisfied, then the individual works to acquire self-respect. Recognition by others produces self-esteem.

Once the outer needs are fulfilled, the inner-directed need for self-actualization comes into play. To self-actualize means to become the best you personally can be. Self-actualized people include those who have achieved material abundance, but also those who, as a decision of personal power, have chosen simplicity over the pursuit of further abundance. At some point, when a person says “That’s enough” to the endless pursuit of additional financial security, then they become free to accomplish anything that most inspires their inner joy.

Self-actualization is achieved after the individual ceases to have deference to hierarchical authority, and instead matures into the ability to make their own rules of personal responsibility. Personal responsibility is always more powerful and effective than any system of imposed rules. For example, you can threaten to punish someone if they steal and hope that the threat works. But, a self-responsible person simply wouldn’t steal because they would feel empathy for the loss that a would-be victim would feel. They simply wouldn’t have the heart to do such a thing to another person.

It’s a matter of increased maturity. When a person abandons the pressure of impositions from external authority and becomes their own, self-directed authority, then they become far more functional in the world. This is, in fact, a higher state of consciousness, one which provides a higher vista of awareness. From this expanded vista, they see clearly how they as an individual can best serve humanity.

In this state of awareness, the person acquires the ability to think and analyze situations independently. As a result, new and creative solutions spring to mind. They have enough self-esteem to be able to clearly see their own needs, skills, strengths and weaknesses, and from that they see where they can best be of service to humanity.

Self-actualization is the instinctual need of a human to make the most of their unique abilities. Once outer-focused, basic needs are fulfilled, it arises as the next value to require attention and it relates to being rather than having.

Above self-actualization, Maslow placed transcendence, which he considered a spiritual value. Traditional universities tend to avoid anything truly inspiring, so they present the Maslow Hierarchy of Human Needs differently. They present it with self-actualization as the ultimate human aim, and omit the transcendence stage beyond that.

The being-values of self-actualization and transcendence are the higher, more beautiful aspects of human consciousness. They include unconditional love, altruism, inner joy, a love of nature, the development of intuition (in males as well as females), idealism, and a sense of wisdom which springs from within. These skills develop the right-brain functions of creativity and intuition.

According to Maslow, self-actualizing people share an appreciation for the positive human qualities like truth, artistic beauty, honesty, benevolence, wholeness, simplicity, individuality, fairness, self-sufficiency, and joy-filled playfulness.

In the 1950s, Maslow believed that only 2% of the population had achieved self-actualization. The mid-1960s changed all that when masses of people began the search for the higher values, such as unconditional love and spiritual wisdom. Today, that core group of progressive people has blossomed from 2% to well over 20%, and is climbing every year.

The Shift* is not a temporary by-product of the Baby Boom generation, or any other generation of modern culture. It is not a passing fad. It is not going away. It is a cosmic pressure that is unfolding and relentlessly increasing the frequency of all consciousness upon the planet.

When you enhance your life with regular spiritual practice, you become better able to attune with your soul consciousness. As this progresses, your sense of reasoning merges with your higher intuitive ability to become Intuitive Reason.

To foster the higher levels of consciousness is to grow your mind and therefore the ability to more easily manifest joyful abundance in all aspects of your life.

*Owen Waters is the author of The Shift: The Revolution in Human Consciousness, available for immediate download at:

https://www.InfiniteBeing.com/ebooks/theshift.htm

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Infinite Being is the ground state of consciousness behind all things. It does not move. It does not change. It just is.

It is the awareness behind all things. When you become aware that you are aware, that is the silent essence of Infinite Being within you.

Your normal state of consciousness is in constant motion as you experience life in all its ever-changing forms. However, behind that consciousness-in-motion is the ground state of unmoving, singular awareness.

Infinite Being is that which is beyond all things. It is the state of pure beingness which is beyond all manifestation. It is the silent, unchanging consciousness which is behind all of Creation. It always existed and it always will exist. It is complete within itself. It is infinity in every sense of the word.

Infinite Being is the ‘I Am’ consciousness within you. It has also been called the Absolute, the All That Is, the Godhead, Brahman, the Isness, and the Tao.

Because of its unmoving, pure beingness, some people have been tempted to call it a state of non-being. However, non-being is one of those impossibilities of existence. Everything is conscious, even the tranquil, unruffled state of pure beingness which exists behind all things.

Another impossibility is for you to ever cease to exist. You are; you exist as a unique perspective of Infinite Being. You will never cease to exist. The essence of you is immortal. In the physical world, you come and go, choosing different incarnations in order to experience the variety that human life has to offer. In between those incarnations, you live in the spirit world while you make sense of all you learned in the latest incarnation. Then, at a soul level, you plan your next adventure into physicality.

On your journey back home to the All That Is, you will always be you. Your consciousness will grow continually along the way until it eventually expands to fill all things and you will once again be back home. You will be back where you started out on your journey into experience.

Infinite Being is the original consciousness behind even the One Creator of all life. Infinite Being formed an aspect of itself which stirred from the silence into action, thereby creating the Creator of all life. Infinite Being decided to express a Creator aspect of itself so that the Creator could decide how to explore all of itself and all possibilities of itself in order to see itself from infinite viewpoints. The One Creator then decided how to manifest the universe and all that is within it.

The terminology used to describe this perfect awareness is simply, ‘Infinite Being.’ It would be less than accurate to say, for example, AN Infinite Being or even THE Infinite Being, as such expressions would suggest that there may be something outside of this one, all-present state of perfect, complete and eternal beingness.

When you become aware that you are aware, you contact the ground state of consciousness within yourself. There is nothing more balancing than to anchor your ever-moving thoughts and feelings to the ultimate state of personal peace – the unchanging, ever-aware, all-present state of Infinite Being. Because it is ever-present in all things, you only have to focus upon it in order to find that one anchor which never moves in an ever-moving world.

On our website, there is a complete how-to article called the Infinite Being Meditation. It employs the most powerful affirmation possible in the English language, namely “I Am Infinite Being.” This affirmation of the “I Am” awareness within you and your conscious alignment with the ultimate state of Infinite Being takes on an even deeper meaning when you appreciate the powerful silence of that ground state of all consciousness.

When you practice the Infinite Being Meditation, simply be aware that you are aware and you will better connect with your deepest essence. When you really become aware of that still, silent awareness within you – that state of Lucid Being – you will be in a place that few have found; but a place for which most people yearn.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

The ancient philosopher, LaoTse (“Lay-OTE-say”) gave teachings which were designed to confuse the conscious mind. The idea was that, when the conscious mind tires and gets out of the way, the seeker could discover the deeper truths within.

He is credited with the 2,500 year-old work, the Tao Te Ching, which is full of apparent contradictions or paradoxes. For example, he refers to the Tao (the “Dow”) as that which is everything and yet nothing. What he means is that the Tao – the Absolute, the Isness, or Infinite Being – is the transcendent consciousness which is behind all manifestation. It is not the active manifestation of the created universe, but the original consciousness behind it. It is that which, in silence and unchanging perfection, always was and always will be. And yet, so the paradox goes, all of manifestation came from it (via the Creator aspect that Infinite Being formed of Itself) and therefore is it. The silent consciousness of Infinite Being is the fundamental awareness that pervades all of Creation.

Similarly, he uses paradox to promote the philosophy of Wu Wei (“Woo Way”) as the way of “action without action.” Sounds impossible? That’s the point. He wanted people to give up making logical sense of the idea and, instead, go within to find the truth behind the paradox.

The principle of Wu Wei really means effortless action. The secret to achieving effortless action is to realize that there is a natural flow of influences at work in all parts of the universe. You sense the natural flow of the moment and act within that flow. If the moment is not right for a certain type of action, then the attuned person delays the task. When they sense that the right moment has arrived, then they act and easily accomplish the task.

It can also mean not forcing a situation to be what it isn’t. If a situation comes about which is beyond your control, then making the best of it is often the elegant solution.

The saying, “If at first you don’t succeed, try, try again,” is attributed to the 14th Century Scottish king, Robert the Bruce. According to legend, he once took refuge in a cave, where he watched a spider trying to spin a web. It failed several times to make a connection from one area of the cave’s roof to another, but each time it started all over again until it finally succeeded. People today take that saying to mean that, if something doesn’t work, you need to be obstinate and keep trying harder until you overcome all obstacles and eventually make it happen by sheer force of will.

The Wu Wei approach to life is quite the opposite. It suggests that, if at first you don’t succeed, there is a reason for it. It means that you are not acting with the natural flow of energy within that place and time and it may also mean that you need to discover a more suitable solution.

First, take a deep breath, relax and step back from the situation. After that, you’ll be able to judge it objectively and in a state of balance. Then:

A) Decide if you’re trying to force something into existence that shouldn’t be, or

B) Look for a better solution to achieve your objective, and/or

C) Wait for your innate sense of timing to feel right.

One of the benefits of the spiritual consciousness which is emerging in the New Reality is the ability to sense the natural flow of universal influences and know when the time is right for certain types of action.

*To open the way to realizing more timeless truths, see Owen Waters’ book, Higher Consciousness: Finding Peace and Joy Above the Noise.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

I once knew a Master of Kundalini Yoga who was a spiritual seeker of great determination. He had studied Eastern esoterica since his early years, fully mastered Kundalini Yoga, and spent countless hours in the ultimate state that anyone can reach while living in a physical body; that of cosmic consciousness.

On the lecture platform, he revealed a clarity of thought and a depth of knowledge that I always found inspirational. Like many genuine masters, he was more interested in teaching powerful truths to help people advance spiritually than in sugar-coating his words to gain popularity.

After he passed on in the late 1990s, he moved beyond the spirit realms, through the higher mental realms, and into the realms of ascended masters, where he now resides among colleagues. Then, to my surprise, ten years after his passing, he came to visit me! He must have sensed that my thoughts were focused on him and, at the same time, upon the ultimate mystery in life.

I had been remembering how he used to say that no-one on Earth had the answer to the ultimate mystery in life. No-one, he said, not even the most accomplished mystics in India, had found the answer to WHY life had begun.

The great mystery was that, if the consciousness we call God had been perfection in the first place, then why did God create the universe so that living beings could work their way back to a perfection which already existed? Why start out on a journey that will bring you back to where you already are? This was the deepest of all mysteries since time began.

He was an intrepid pioneer in searching out the answers to spiritual mysteries, so I should have known that he would see the ultimate mystery as the ultimate challenge. I learned that he had used his new location in the ascended realms as a launching pad to go far beyond; to go where no-one on Earth had gone before. And, he had returned with the answer!

I don’t know if I was the first one in the physical world that he has told the answer to, but I’m sure I won’t be the last. The days of mysteries being kept secret are fading rapidly. In the New Reality, knowledge is meant to travel far and wide, and to empower everyone who is ready. He used to say, himself, that, in these days, the secrets are out and available to everyone.

My e-book, “Discover Your Purpose in Life,” will not only show you how to discover the purpose of your inner being and your own destiny, it will take you on a voyage of inner discovery. On this journey, you will pass through the layers of what used to be unsolved mysteries. At each step, we will go deeper still, always using the question “why” to go deeper still, until we reach the final layer and discover the answer to the ultimate mystery in life.

Just imagine what it will be like to wake up every morning and know that you hold the key to the very reason for life itself. Not just to your own purpose, but the master key to the very reason for the existence of the universe!

When you gain this profound depth of understanding, imagine the sense of purpose and destiny that will be yours each and every day!

Discover your own unique purpose in life now. See how it fits in perfectly with the natural flow of the universe and even with the original reason for life itself. Your journey of discovery is waiting.

Download your personal copy of “Discover Your Purpose in Life” now, at:

https://www.infinitebeing.com/ebooks/discover.htm

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Within Creation, there are Twelve density layers of consciousness, from the subtle and divine Level 12 all the way down to the highly compressed Level 1 where subatomic particles are based.

There is a hierarchy of divine oversight within all density layers of Creation. Not to be confused with human hierarchies and their self-serving designs, the Divine Hierarchy exists to serve all life.

The Sun, for example, provides life energy to the entire solar system, never asking for anything in return.

To put the enormous scale of divine presence into perspective, as the universe was created within the mind of the Creator that means that God is larger than the entire universe!

In order to make the universe functional, three principles of consciousness were employed – expansive intention, nurturing attraction, and, to blend these synergistically together to create life energy, the principle of motion.

The twelve density layers are described in our Stairway to Heaven article, which begins with the most dense level and works its way up through the human and cosmic levels to the divine levels.

The root consciousness of planets such as Mother Earth is based in the Seventh Density layer of Creation. Considering that physical humans currently exist in the Third Density layer, she is much closer than us to the one Creator, so it was always appropriate to consider the Mother Earth as a goddess upon the scale of the evolution of consciousness.

Here in the human realm Third Density, the physical manifestations of Mother Nature are easy to see by anyone who pauses from an often frantic rush through life to appreciate such beauty.

It is by quietly looking at the appearance of a scene of nature, that our consciousness becomes engaged with the subtle and beautiful consciousness of that which supports the manifestation of all life.

You can go deeper than simple appreciation and make a conscious effort to communicate with Mother Nature and her many facets of expression.

Each tree and each flower is supported by a nature spirit or “deva.” Above a group of trees in consciousness will be an overlighting deva to which all the individual devas connect. You can send your love to the main deva. Better yet, follow that connection up with a question. They will be delighted that a human has taken the time to recognize their existence and will respond with an answer to the best of their ability.

Try to avoid sadness in such encounters, such as sadness for conditions that are damaging to the trees. Unlike humans, devas are firmly connected to the divine and are filled with a constant supply of divine joy. So, forget sadness and regrets and be prepared to enjoy the uplifting feeling that contact with nature spirits easily brings.

Author’s note

I was inspired to write this article after reading a book called The Elves of Lily Hill Farm by Penny Kelly.

Description: The Elves of Lily Hill Farm is the true story of Penny Kelly’s meeting with a group of elves and the deal she makes with them to produce one-hundred tons of grapes from a mere thirteen acres of vineyards–without the use of chemical fertilizers and pesticides. As a result of their deal, Penny inadvertently enters the private world of plants, insects, animals, devas, and nature spirits where communication among them is common but the rules are all different. As the elves teach her a series of intense and powerful lessons, an amazing drama emerges between people and nature, both struggling to survive in a world where communication between them has been lost.

Highly recommended!

Owen

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters and Dreama Vance

Spiritualize your life and transform any challenge you face with this simple yet incredibly powerful technique!

The Spiritualize technique transforms your life into a happier, more healthful, and more inspired reality. This article explains the entire technique so that you can begin using it right away but, first, let’s examine the spiritual secrets behind this powerful technique.

You are about to be given ways of reaching higher consciousness which are so effective that, for centuries, they were suppressed and driven underground. Today, as we experience a world of rapid change and a planetary shift to higher consciousness, the secrets are out. They are available right now, without any barrier blocking your way, and they are ready to help you transform your life for the better. This is a spiritual development technique that will act as an anchor of stability and inspiration in the fast-changing 21st century.

The question is, are you ready for the transformational power of the Spiritualize technique? The one barrier that could still prevent you from gaining such spiritual growth is the one that you can erect yourself. Can you believe the truth about the enormous spiritual power that resides within you? The truth is, we ALL have that power within us.

The deeper our sciences probe into the nature of physical matter, the more apparent it becomes that everything in this world is connected to everything else. To outward appearances, we have individual identity and appear to be separate from each other but, in reality, we are connected to all matter and to all people. This is because every person is a unique facet of the same all-pervasive intelligence. You are not connected to God or the “All That Is” like an add-on module, you are God in expression because everything in existence is an expression of the mind of God. We have different viewpoints of reality but we are all representations of the One, the Divine, or the great Presence that exists within all things.

Your mind may need time to get used to the true nature of the Divinity within you, but that alone is no barrier to success. Practice the Spiritualize technique regardless of any temporary doubt you may harbor. Just do it regardless. Let it work for you and you will experience its transformative power. As that happens, any doubt will evaporate in the light of experience and you will have the most powerful tool ever for transforming your life into a happier, more healthful, and more inspired reality.

When you enter a sufficiently higher state of consciousness, life’s challenges become transformed.

Problem situations can become solved through the correct practice of this technique in one of two ways: Either by being energetically healed and transformed or by an inspired solution becoming apparent.

The primary purpose of the Spiritualize technique is to give you a way to anchor your mind to the reality within at any time of the day. By attuning with your Divine connection, you rise above the turmoil and illusion of events in the outside world. True reality is within the higher part of you. The more you connect with your higher consciousness, the more inspired and successful your life becomes. The main purpose of human life is spiritual growth. This is how you can make your spiritual growth happen each and every day.

Principles of the Spiritualize Technique

1) You are one with God. You are an individualized aspect of the consciousness of the Creator charged with the mission of experiencing life from one unique point of view. By consciously aligning yourself with the Divine Presence behind all things, you invoke its transformative power.

2) The universe is completely benevolent. God is good. Any appearance of evil in this world is caused by a lack of spiritual light, just as shadow or coldness is caused by a lack of physical light. All beings are inherently drawn to finding their inner light and everyone succeeds in this, their primary motivation, sooner or later. By consciously realizing the goodness of God, we open our eyes and see the light. The appearance of any darkness then disappears.

3) Action creates results. Transformation occurs when you raise your consciousness sufficiently. When you elevate yourself into a state of higher consciousness through this technique, your situation becomes transformed by the goodness and harmony of God’s universal energies. The key point to realize is that the responsibility for action begins with you as the physical anchor within any situation. When you align yourself sufficiently with the presence of God and the benevolent nature of all Creation, all things in your life can transform and become healed. It is the realization of your oneness with the Divine and the realization of the goodness of God that acts as a transformative power within your reality.

The Spiritualize Technique –
Quick, Simple, Powerful

The Spiritualize technique contains powerful principles which help you to connect easily and quickly with the transformative power of the Divine Presence. Once you are thoroughly familiar with the technique and have used it many times, you will find it becomes a part of you.

First, detach from any thoughts of problems that need attention. Your higher consciousness is fully aware of all of your situation. Any conscious attachment to needs will hold your mind down in the physical world, so detach completely from all concerns for the duration of this practice.

Focus on your breathing while your body relaxes and your mind settles into a reflective state. Then, take three heart-breaths as follows: On each inbreath, visualize spiritual energy as an intense white light coming from the Sun, all the way through space and then filling your brain. On each outbreath, transfer that energy down the spine to the level of the heart, then send it out the front of your body into your heart chakra, which is a vortex of energy located approximately four inches (ten centimeters) in front of the breastbone.

Your heart chakra is the gateway to spiritual consciousness. You connect to the God space through your heart space.

Then, silently make these declarations:

I am in God.
God is in me.
God and I are one.

Note: This is the use of the word “God” in its deepest sense. It refers to Infinite Being, the awareness behind the conscious universe. If you would prefer another term to God, the possibilities include the Universe, Source, Brahman, Tao, and the Absolute.

For a moment, think about these statements and what the realization of Oneness means to you. Feel the closeness of the Presence of God with every breath you take and every beat of your heart. Feel the Presence right there with you as a living reality. Continue to focus on the breath in order to reach the necessary state of peace and deep relaxation. Notice how the breath brings a state of peace and serenity. Once you have reached this peaceful state, you no longer focus on the breath. Stop thinking and listen.

Adopt a state of attentive silence. Be receptive to the still, silent voice of inner awareness. It is important to be mentally still and allow the sense of the Divine Presence. Once you start actively thinking again, the experience is over. Mental chatter stops the process, so be attentive and adopt a state of expectancy. The secret is in the stillness.

At first, you may not hear anything, but you will experience, if only through a deep breath or inner sigh, the Presence. It is the moment of connection that is important. Then you have completed the purpose of that session.

You may receive information and insights during the process or they may come later. As you practice, you develop your ability to “hear”. Some people receive impressions as mental pictures, some hear them as mental words, but most people simply receive ideas as a sudden arrival of understanding. The wisdom from your soul will be able to reach you either at this moment or at a later time while your attention is diverted elsewhere. Be especially attentive in the next few hours for any subtle idea that arises more than once. It is the repetitive occurrence of such thoughts into your conscious mind that alert you to the realization that you are receiving a suggestion worthy of immediate consideration.

When you feel the peace of the Presence, you have opened yourself to God as Infinite Intelligence. This Infinite Intelligence knows your every need and, by realizing this, you have opened the doors for that realization to express Itself.

The Spiritualize technique fits into any busy schedule. Practice it at the start of every day in order to prompt intuitive support for the day ahead. Use it several times a day whenever you need inner guidance or whenever an existing problem jumps into your mind. It takes just one to five minutes.

Throughout your day, you will be turning within and aligning with the truth of your being. Several times on a daily basis, you will be connecting with a higher level of consciousness, spiritualizing all aspects of your life. By using it throughout your day, you begin to train yourself to focus on Reality rather than illusion. This opens up the resources of your inner world so that your outer world will reflect this higher understanding and wisdom.

The Essential Steps of the Spiritualize Technique

1. Focus inward. You must turn your attention within as God is within you. Nothing is ‘out there’ except the illusion of matter and your outward performance in the theater of life.

2. Breathe into your heart chakra. Heart-centered consciousness is the gateway to God. If you use your intellect only, you will be unable to proceed to step 3.

3. Connect with God. Leave behind all your cares and the issues of the day. Focus your thoughts only upon God. Then stop thinking, be still, and listen. This will have a transformative effect upon your situation and your life.

Take the 30-Day Challenge!
Practice the Spiritualize technique for 30 days.
Keep a log of how your life improves
and problems evaporate.

Be sure to brighten up your weekends
with our free newsletter

Spiritualize your life and share
this uplifting technique with others…

by Owen Waters

The Age of Aquarius will last for 2,160 years, so it takes several years for its influence to swing into full effect and become obvious in world affairs.

However, the main trigger for the emergence of this new age – the exact conjunction of Jupiter and Saturn at zero degrees of Aquarius – happened on December 21st, 2020.

Previous cosmic eras were triggered by the same zero-degrees conjunction of these powerful planets, each time creating a new phase of growth in human evolution. Previous ages include the dawn of the Age of Aries in 2,330 BC and the dawn of the Age of Pisces in 126 BC.

The New Age of Aquarius is about peace, spiritual joy, harmony, humanity, equality, spiritual liberation, and the freedom to pursue your God-given rights to Life, Liberty, and Happiness.

In recent decades, we have seen glimpses of the nature of the dawning Age of Aquarius. Starting in 1967, in the rock musical Hair, the leading song proclaimed, “This is the dawning of the Age of Aquarius” (perhaps a little prematurely) and chanted inspiring lines like,

Peace will guide the planets
And love will steer the stars
Harmony and understanding
Sympathy and trust abounding
Golden living dreams of visions
Mystic crystal revelation
And the mind’s true liberation
Let the sun shine in

Back in 1967, this was revolutionary thinking. It was rebellion against the status quo.

That is because the ideals of Aquarius are associated with democracy, freedom, creativity, nonconformity, humanitarianism, idealism, philanthropy, empathy, respect for people, respect for human rights, and, yes, even rebellion. The old ways of darkness cannot remain standing for long when such a new light emerges upon the planet.

Closer to the actual dawn of the new Aquarian age, spiritual evolution gained a huge boost in 2012 when the December 21st solstice opened the gateway to a whole new era of possibilities. The 2012 gateway marked the closure of many cosmic cycles and the restart of those same cycles in a new and constructive mode, making positive actions much easier to achieve.

Everyone who treated the 2012 winter solstice as a gateway to a bright and hopeful new era helped make the world a better place. Prior to the 2012 gateway, global nuclear devastation had still remained a possibility in our future. Inspired, positive people handled that critical juncture in their own unique ways at a time when the fate of the world lay in the balance. As a result of their efforts, the collective mind of humanity shifted to a new reality where the nuclear option completely ceased to exist!

More recently, at the December 21st solstice of 2020, the Age of Aquarius gained a huge boost. And that’s not all. Other major astrological aspects at that time also marked the start of new cycles of Aquarian-style influence, not just in its 2,160-year cosmic age, but also in 200-year, 500-year, and 800-year cycles!

Other Relevant Cycles are also at Work

Democracy is a vital component of the Age of Aquarius and it got started 800 years ago. In those days, a king had ultimate power and he could do just as he pleased with regard to no one. Magna Carta changed all that.

A king of England…
not King John. 🙂

It was a charter of liberties which forced King John of England to agree to new rights for the population that would place him – the ruler – underneath a new rule of Law. With the king forced to give up many of his oppressive actions, the populace gained new rights which would become the basis for the future of English common law and freedom from oppression.

Today, there is also a repeat of the astrological conjunction that triggered another huge wave of change 500 years ago. This one shows just how huge a change can emerge from small beginnings. At the time, Martin Luther was incensed with Church corruption, such as the selling of indulgences (paying money for the forgiveness of sins), and he began hammering copies of his essays of protest to church doors. He demanded reform, risking his life and liberty in the face of enormous established power. Instead of simple reform, what emerged was far more wide-ranging. The Protestant Revolution sprang into life. It was the birth of whole new branches of Christianity where loving communion with the Prince of Peace became a revival movement that took precedent over the old habit of Sunday sermons berating entire congregations as sinners.

The start of a more recent cycle 200 years ago prepared the way for today’s big change. Discoveries in electricity heralded an era of scientific development leading to rapid developments in industry, then homes, and later in today’s people-empowering computers and Internet.

The recent gateway of change in 2020 was one of massive astrological significance. Powerful aspects aligned, marking the development of major, long-term cycles of Aquarian influence.

This will eventually bring about a huge reset in world affairs, but first…

A Word of Caution

People sometimes expect changes to happen now or, at the latest, tomorrow… the kind of people you could almost imagine praying, “Please, God, grant me patience… and hurry it up!”

With grand cosmic cycles, the timescale for change is years, not hours. For example, many people expected the Harmonic Convergence of 1987 to cause a huge positive change in world affairs. When no changes emerged in the next few days, many became disillusioned.

Had they allowed for a longer time frame, they would have felt much better because, two years later, the Berlin Wall was turned into rubble and, two years after that, the Soviet Union collapsed. This ended the Cold War which had haunted the world for decades with the imminent threat of nuclear annihilation. A greater peace emerged, just as originally anticipated, but with its own time schedule.

So, you might wonder, when will the recent powerful astrological influence become noticeable? Big changes take time, but the stars do guarantee their eventual emergence. Its timescale falls into the period 2020-2032, and probably around the middle of that period. So, the obvious changes for the better may not become apparent until 2026, give or take two years.

How You Can Help the World

You can be a part of this emergence into a new and higher level of consciousness for humanity. Engaging in meditation along with intentions for a better world make an enormous difference.

These powerfully influential planets came together just as they entered Aquarius for the first time in centuries to initiate a powerful new phase of growth in human evolution.

Take 20 minutes – or much longer if you can – to engage in meditation – your own preferred technique or our Infinite Being meditation – and add your visualizations for a better world.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Peace can sometimes be so far away, and inner bliss… even farther away.

Take the time now to spend some real quality time by going within. Find that sense of peace that lies within. Visit the place where inner bliss dwells and waits patiently for your return.

Let yourself unwind and compose yourself for a few precious moments of peace. Remember that your mind is much more far-reaching than your physical brain. Your mind, as consciousness, is nonphysical, while your brain is just the physical translator of your consciousness.

Your mind, therefore, always has the ability to tell your brain;

“Shsh! It’s meditation time!”

Focus your mind away from the clutter of day-to-day living and turn your attention inwards to the peaceful core of your inner being. Then think of the deepest possible state of consciousness.

And what could that state be?

It is the state of consciousness known as Infinite Being. The word Infinite reflects the idea of unlimited potential, while the word Being refers to a state of awareness, rather than a doing activity. Infinite Being is infinite consciousness without a focus upon any specific activity.

Infinite Being doesn’t have to do anything, it already is everything.

It is important to appreciate that the state of Infinite Being is not “out there” somewhere external to us. Infinite Being encompasses all consciousness, including all manifestation. We are that consciousness, as is everything else in existence. You attune with Infinite Being by turning your focus within, away from the distracting noise of the outer world. 

The Most Powerful Affirmation

In meditation practices, affirmations are often used to focus the mind. By simply repeating the words, “I AM,” you affirm your true nature as consciousness. In the case of the Infinite Being meditation, we affirm our innermost identity as the ultimate, infinite consciousness.

The affirmation “I AM… Infinite Being” is the most powerful affirmation possible within the English language.

The phrase “I am Infinite Being” in itself is an affirmation of your oneness with the ultimate potential, the source of all life, the consciousness from which all life comes forth. You are one with that universal consciousness which is within everything in manifestation. This divine presence is often referred to as the “I AM” Presence. By modifying the phrase to, “I AM (pause) Infinite Being”, you are doubly stating the name of the divine, first as the “I AM” Presence and second as “Infinite Being”.

You can use this to consciously affirm your ultimate potential. If you find issues arising, such as a feeling of unworthiness in your alignment with the ‘All That Is,’ with Infinite Being, just let those thoughts go, then gently bring your mind back into focus upon the affirmation. You do not have to justify the words, or settle any internal argument about them, just because of some prior conditioning as to how someone said you “should” think in this life. Think independently, think infinitely, and you will connect with the consciousness of your ultimate potential.

Have the inner discipline to stay with the affirmation and let any issues fade away unchallenged. Your inner self knows the meaning of the words and resonates in joy with their exact and literal truth. Every time you make this affirmation, you become more connected to Infinite Being. Any lesser thoughts are then healed within the light of greater truth. You can use “I AM… Infinite Being” for meditation or even during a brief quiet time to restore balance from daily stress. When you do, be sure to maintain an awareness of its deep meaning, as mindless repetition of any affirmation will create little or no result. 

Find a quiet place to sit down for a few minutes, close your eyes, and start looking for the quiet space within. To keep your brain occupied with the task at hand, focus your attention on the slow, even flow of your breath as it passes in and out of your nostrils.

As you breathe each in-breath, mentally repeat the affirmation “I AM… Infinite Being.”

On the out-breath, simply allow your attention to follow the flow of air from your nostrils. To induce an immediate calming effect, allow each out-breath to take longer than each in-breath. After the out-breath, pause for a brief moment before the next in-breath.

Life energy, also known as etheric energy, is conditioned primarily within the human spinal column. From there it is distributed to the rest of the body via the subtle nervous system. Most key functions in the human body owe their operation primarily to the supply of etheric life energy, rather than to the supply of electrical energy. Etheric energy, like consciousness, is non-physical and yet it is behind all life.

To help enhance the natural flow of life energy within your spine while performing this meditation it is preferable to sit upright in an erect chair. As you progress with this meditation, the natural flow of life energy within your spine will become enhanced, bringing an enlivened awareness to your consciousness.

When distracting thoughts arise – which they will – treat them with patience and understanding. Put each distracting thought aside so that you can continue with the Infinite Being meditation. If a thought seems important or urgent, then it will be sure to return later, after your meditation session has finished.

There are a number of ways to enhance your meditation experience. One is to reserve a small space, such as the corner of a quiet room, where only meditation is conducted. That space then becomes more conducive to a meditation environment. A small table or surface can be covered with items that you connect with spiritual practice. Candles and incense are especially useful as they provide some initial focus for the senses.

It also helps to always use the same chair, one that is constructed primarily of a non-metallic material. Metal chairs attract etheric life energy away from you, which is great for the chair, but not so good for the meditation session.

A clock or timer completes your setting, and clean, light clothing, reserved especially for meditation, further enhances the atmosphere. A shower or bath before meditation is very valuable, as water is a powerful cleanser. If, for example, you have just come home from a hectic day at work, then your energy body will be filled with the distractions of the day, stored in etheric energy form.

The water that cleanses you in a shower or bath not only cleanses you of physical impurities, but, more importantly, it also cleanses the etheric energy impurities that do not belong in your energy body.

The reason that water is such an effective energy cleanser lies in its chemical composition. Water consists of H₂O – hydrogen and oxygen. Oxygen is not just a chemical that the body needs. Its greater role is to carry life-giving, etheric energy. When you shower, your etheric body is being washed with the water’s flow of cleansing, etheric energy.

Make Spirituality Your Number One Priority

The best investment of your time each day is to spend 20 minutes in meditation. Make the time for this to happen. Make it the day’s first priority. The easiest habit to adopt is one which makes up the first activity of the day. Making it a routine will also reinforce the effects of the meditation.

If you are hungry to the point of distraction before a meditation session, then have some light refreshment, such as fruit or juice. Conversely, a full stomach after a heavy meal will have a deadening effect upon the higher possibilities of your meditation session, so plan to eat any large meals at least two hours ahead.

The Aims of the Infinite Being Meditation

• To quiet your daily brain activity by focusing on rhythmic activities that induce a spiritual focus.
• To affirm your connection to the highest possible state of awareness.
• To charge your system with additional life energy through controlled breathing.
• To create a Being space, where your consciousness can move easily into the experience of your inner state of being.

The Complete Infinite Being Meditation Technique

1. Take a few moments to completely relax your physical body. Sit in an upright chair with your eyes closed, then clench your feet, toes and leg muscles. Release the tension and let your feet and legs relax completely. Do the same clench-and-release process for your stomach, chest and back; then your arms and hands; then your neck and face.
   
2. In preparation, take three deep breaths and exhale each one completely.
   
3. Now focus your attention on the slow, even flow of breath as it passes in and out of your nostrils.
   
4. As you breathe each in-breath, mentally repeat the affirmation,
   “I AM… Infinite Being.”
   
5. On the out-breath, allow your attention to follow the flow of air from your nostrils. To induce an immediate calming effect, slow each out-breath to allow it to take longer than each in-breath.
   
6. To make a space for your consciousness to dip into the experience of being, pause at the end of the out-breath. Hold the breath out of your body until you feel the need to inhale again. This will typically be for around three seconds, sometimes less. When you are in this motionless quiet space, don’t think, just be. Subtle impressions may arise from your inner self in this Being Space. The end of each breathing cycle is your personal communion space with your inner being. Ignore surface mental noise – words and feelings that jump into your attention – and maintain your focus upon the quiet inner space and subtle impressions of higher consciousness. Nothing loud comes from your inner being. Focus your awareness upon your inner silence. With practice, this is a time when great insights and inspiration quietly dawn upon your awareness.
   
7. Repeat this cycle of breathing and being for 20 minutes.

Remember

The affirmation “I AM… Infinite Being” is the most powerful affirmation possible within the English language.

An effective meditation technique opens the door to more inspiration, love and creativity into your life.

Happy surfing upon the realms of spiritual awareness!

*For many new and enlightening insights, see Owen Waters’ book, Spiritual Metaphysics: Answers to the Great Mysteries of Life.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Affirmations are a great way to improve your life. Little by little, day by day, the cumulative effect of regular affirmations builds into great and impressive change for the better.

Similar to affirmations, many yoga practitioners use Sanskrit mantras as repetitive statements. The most simple and, therefore, powerful one is “Om” (pronounced as in the word “from” but with a long, resonant “m”). In English, it means “I am” and is a statement identifying the physical mind with the divine presence, which is often referred to as the “I AM” Presence. This acts as a powerful magnet for the Light of God, raising the frequency of consciousness to a more sacred level. That all-present divine awareness can also be appropriately termed in English, “Infinite Being.”

If you research the mantra “Om”, you will come across much confusion about its meaning and the same with another popular mantra, AUM. While “Om” means “I Am” (the divine mind within), the A-U-M is entirely different.

A-U-M in Brahmin script

It is an expression of the three separate, component sounds of the Law of Creation, where the sounds of Creation (yang thought or intention) and Preservation (yin feeling or divine love) come together to express as Manifestation (through action or complementary motion).

In a deep state of meditation, yoga masters hear the A-U-M as etheric sounds being constantly broadcast from the Sun. This provides the energy to power higher consciousness throughout the solar system.

Meditation techniques often use mantras or affirmations as objects of focus to keep the conscious mind from wandering away from a session devoted to gaining higher consciousness. If you prefer affirmations in the English language as they make more sense to your conscious mind, use this:

“I AM… Infinite Being” is the most powerful affirmation possible within the English language.

The phrase, “I am Infinite Being”, in itself is an affirmation of your oneness with the ultimate potential, the source of all life, the consciousness from which all life comes forth. You are one with that universal consciousness which is within everything in manifestation. By modifying it to, “I AM (pause) Infinite Being”, you are doubly stating the name of the divine, first as the “I AM” Presence and second as “Infinite Being”.

You can use this to consciously affirm your ultimate potential. If you find issues arising, such as a feeling of unworthiness in your alignment with the All That Is or Infinite Being, just let those thoughts go, then gently bring your mind back into focus upon the affirmation. You do not have to justify the words, or settle any internal argument about them, just because of some prior conditioning as to how someone said you “should” think in this life. Think independently, think infinitely, and you will connect with the consciousness of your ultimate potential.

Have the inner discipline to stay with the affirmation and let any issues fade away unchallenged. Your inner self knows the meaning of the words and resonates in joy with their exact and literal truth. Every time you make this affirmation, you become consciously more aware of your connection with Infinite Being. Any lesser thoughts are then healed within the light of greater truth. You can use “I AM… Infinite Being” for meditation or during a brief quiet time to restore balance from daily stress. When you do, be sure to maintain an awareness of its deep meaning, as mindless repetition of any affirmation will create little or no result.

The affirmation, “I AM… Infinite Being”, should always be repeated silently and sacredly from a heart-space filled with love for the divine.

Your Choice: Sanskrit or English

The affirmation, “I AM… Infinite Being”, is meaningful to the conscious mind. Use this phrase during meditation as the focus of your thought. As distracting thoughts appear, gently bring your focus back to “I AM… Infinite Being”, allowing your mind to contemplate all the potential this means. Eventually, the mind slows down and calms. Awareness takes over in the stillness. Reaching this point is the goal of your meditation.

The mantra, “Om”, is a word from Sanskrit, the original language on earth which was designed to create meaningful sound vibrations related to the words. So, mentally or verbally chanting the word “Om” invokes an energy supporting your connection to the “I Am” presence. Because a Sanskrit word means nothing to the language-processing side of the brain, it avoids the possibility of intellectual distraction. This is another powerful way to move out of the “busy mind” state and into Awareness. As a meditation chant for spiritual effect, it is repeated mentally with a pause in between each “Om”.

The Sanskrit mantra “Om” and the English affirmation “I AM… Infinite Being” are fundamental statements of your ultimate connection to the divine so, in that sense, they are equal. Choose which one you prefer by giving each one a fair trial in your own deep meditation sessions.

P.S. Be sure to brighten up your weekends with our free newsletter.

Tell a friend…

by Owen Waters

Soul consciousness is the next step in spiritual awareness.

When you first enter the soul realms, they seem almost silent compared to the regular levels of spiritual consciousness. When I first experienced full awareness at the soul level, it seemed as though I was in a world filled with a light, silvery mist.

Gradually in this realm, as your mental senses acclimatize to the new level of consciousness, the mist clears away, revealing a wonderful world of rainbow colors, subtle fragrance, and gentle sound. You find yourself in an ocean of harmony, in the home of the beautiful and mystical “music of the spheres.”

This is the fifth-density level of consciousness, which resides above the fourth-density spirit or astral world, and above our third-density physical realm. It is here that the soul aspect of your consciousness resides. In this heaven-world of light, sound, and higher mental energies, your soul works ceaselessly in support of your physical incarnation.

When we tune into such a subtle level of consciousness, we find that there is much more to achieving personal happiness than anything related to external events. Real joy comes from within, from an unending source which is divine in origin. The creative will of the Divine Father aspect of God merged in perfect union with the everlasting love of the Divine Mother aspect of God together fill the universe with total, unadulterated, blissful joy!

The greatest discovery of a person who regularly practices meditation is that, one day, the door will quietly open to this unending supply of blissful joy. On that day, the spiritual seeker knows, beyond all shadow of any doubt, that God lies silently within all things and all consciousness. We are a part of that Divine Oneness, and it is through the joy of soul consciousness that we realize this connection.

The soul level of awareness is your complete, inner consciousness. Your daily, physical awareness, on the other hand, is focused on the outside world for a purpose. The true purpose of this outer perspective is so that we can find our way back to that from which we came, even though we are spiritually “blindfolded,” so to speak in daily living. The game of life on Earth is played so that we can experience the rediscovery of that joyous connection to the oneness from which we originally came.

All the happiness in the world pales in comparison with the supreme joy of that inner connection. Soul-inspired joy is lasting happiness. It has no beginning and no end because it is always there, just as God is always there, within each and every one of us.

In our third-density physical world, it may seem strange to realize that another part of our awareness exists in such a heaven-world and yet it does. You can reach into this beautiful space at any time with the practical and inspiring information contained in the book, Higher Consciousness: Finding Peace and Joy Above the Noise.

Tell a friend…